Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 174

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

RMT-809/811/812

SERVICE MANUAL

Ver 1.1 2003. 06

Level 2

US Model
Canadian Model
Korea Model
DCR-PC5

AEP Model
UK Model
DCR-PC4E/PC5E

Australian Model
Chinese Model
DCR-PC5E

Photo : DCR-PC5 (GRAY)


RMT-811

E Model
Hong Kong Model
Tourist Model
DCR-PC5/PC5E

J MECHANISM
On the VC-245 board
This service manual provides the information that is premised the
circuit board replacement service and not intended repair inside the
VC-245 board.
Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board and electrical parts
list of the VC-245 board are not shown.
The following pages are not shown.
Schematic diagram .......................... Pages 4-17 to 4-54
Printed wiring board ......................... Pages 4-55 to 4-58
Electrical parts list ............................ Pages 6-13 to 6-25

For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the


DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL
J MECHANISM (9-929-807-11).
DCR-PC5
: NTSC model
DCR-PC4E/PC5E : PAL model

Table showing differences is shown on page 3.

SPECIFICATIONS

Continued on next page

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

SUPPLIED ACCESSORIES
Check that the following accessories are supplied with your
camcorder.

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!


COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.

ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT


LA SCURIT!
LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES
DIAGRAMMES SCHMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PICES SONT
CRITIQUES POUR LA SCURIT DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE
REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PISES SONY
DONT LES NUMROS SONT DONNS DANS CE MANUEL OU
DANS LES SUPPMENTS PUBLIS PAR SONY.

SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1.

2.
3.

Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered


connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.
Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

4.

Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs


of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recommend their replacement.
5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270C
during repairing.
Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.

Table for differences of function


Model
Destination

DCR-PC4E
AEP, UK

DCR-PC5
US, CND, E,
HK, KR, JE

Color system
Remote commander

PAL
RMT-809

NTSC
RMT-811

Digital zoom
MEMORY STICK slot

40

120
a

DIGITAL I/O
(RS232C)
LINE IN
EVF (pixel)

DCR-PC5E

DCR-PC5E

AEP, UK
PAL

E, AUS, HK,
CN, JE
PAL

RMT-812
40

RMT-811
120

113 K

180 K

180 K

a
180 K

Remark

a: with IC1402 to IC1407 of VC-245 board.


a: with REC button and IC903 of VC-245 board.
Abbreviation
CND: Canadian mode
HK: Hong Kong model
AUS: Austrarian model
CN: Chinese model
JE:
Tourist model
KR: Korea model

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE
1.
2.

POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS 7


TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT
(FORCE EJECT) 7

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1.
2.
3.
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
4.

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 8
SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY 8
SERVICE MODE DISPLAY 8
Display Method 8
Backup No. 8
End of Display 8
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE 9

1.

GENERAL

Checking supplied accessories 1-1


Quick Start Guide 1-1
Getting started 1-2
Using this manual 1-2
Step 1 Preparing the power supply 1-2
Charging the battery pack 1-2
Installing the battery pack 1-3
Connecting to the mains 1-4
Step 2 Inserting a cassette 1-4
Step 3 Using a touch panel 1-4
Recording Basics 1-5
Recording a picture 1-5
Shooting backlit subjects (BACK LIGHT) 1-6
Shooting in the dark (NightShot/Super NightShot) 1-7
Self-timer recording 1-7
END SEARCH 1-7
Playback Basics 1-8
Playing back a tape 1-8
Viewing the recording on TV 1-9
Advanced Recording Operations 1-10
Recording a still image on a tape Tape Photo recording 1-10
Adjusting the white balance manually 1-11
Using the wide mode 1-11
Using the fader function 1-11
Using special effects Picture effect 1-12
Using special effects Digital effect 1-13
Using the PROGRAM AE function 1-13
Adjusting the exposure manually 1-14
Using the spot light-metering mode Flexible Spot Meter 1-14
Focusing manually 1-15
Advanced Playback Operations 1-15
Playing back a tape with picture effects 1-15
Playing back a tape with digital effects 1-16
Enlarging images recorded on tapes PB ZOOM 1-16
Quickly locating a scene using the zero set memory function 1-16
Searching the boundaries of recorded tape by title
Title search 1-17
Searching a recording by date Date search 1-17
Searching for a photo Photo search/Photo scan 1-18
Editing 1-19
Dubbing a tape 1-19
Dubbing only desired scenes Digital program editing 1-19
Audio dubbing 1-22
Superimposing a title 1-23
Making your own titles 1-24
Labeling a cassette 1-25
Customizing Your Camcorder 1-25
Changing the menu settings 1-25
Resetting the date and time 1-27
Memory Stick Operations (DCR-PC5/PC5E only) 1-27
Using a Memory Stick introduction 1-27
Recording still images on Memory Stick
Memory photo recording 1-29

Superimposing a still picture in the Memory Stick


on a moving picture MEMORY MIX 1-30
Recording an image from a mini DV tape as a still image 1-32
Copying still images from a mini DV tape Photo save 1-32
Viewing a still picture Memory photo playback 1-33
Enlarging still images recorded on Memory Sticks
Memory PB ZOOM 1-34
Playing back images continuously SLIDE SHOW 1-34
Preventing accidental erasure Image protection 1-35
Deleting images 1-35
Writing a print mark PRINT MARK 1-36
Additional Information 1-36
Using the viewfinder 1-36
Usable cassettes 1-36
About i.LINK 1-37
Troubleshooting 1-38
Self-diagnosis display 1-39
Warning indicators and messages 1-39
Using your camcorder abroad 1-40
Maintenance information and precautions 1-40
Quick Reference 1-42
Identifying the parts and controls 1-42
Quick Function Guide 1-44

2.

DISASSEMBLY

2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.

2-14.
2-15.

LCD UNIT, PD-126 BOARD 2-2


CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1 2-3
CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2 2-4
BJ-1 BOARD 2-4
LENS-EVF BLOCK ASSEMBLY 2-5
MICROPHONE BLOCK, SPEAKER 2-5
VC-245 BOARD 2-6
MECHANISM DECK 2-6
CF-75 BOARD, LENS DEVICE (LSV-651B) 2-7
HEADPHONE JACK, S TERMINAL,
LITHIUM BATTERY, MEMORY STICK
CONNECTOR (PC5/PC5E MODEL) 2-8
NS-12 BOARD, CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(PS-30350), CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350) 2-9
LCD HINGE ASSEMBLY 2-11
ATTACHING HARNESSES OF THE LCD HINGE
ASSEMBLY 2-12
CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION 2-13
FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION 2-14

3.

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)(DCR-PC4E) 3-1


OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)(DCR-PC5/PC5E) 3-3
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3) 3-5
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3) 3-7
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) 3-9
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) 3-11

4.

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND


SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

2-11.
2-12.
2-13.

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2) 4-1


FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2) 4-3
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-5
CF-75 (CCD IMAGER)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-7
NS-12 (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-11
CF-75 (CCD IMAGER)(1/2),
NS-12 (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-13
CF-75 (PITCH, YAW SENSOR)(2/2)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-15

Shematic diagram and printed wiring board of the


VC-245 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-17 to 4-58 are not shown.
PO-5 (PANEL OPEN), PR-34 (PANEL REVERSE)
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS 4-60
PO-5 (PANEL OPEN), PR-34 (PANEL REVERSE)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-60
FP-100 (MODE SWITCH). FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),
FP-102 (TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL)
FLEXIBLE BOARDS AND
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-61
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-63
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-65
BJ-1 (JACK, BATTERY)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-67
BJ-1 (JACK, BATTERY)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-69
PD-126 (LCD DRIVE)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD 4-71
PD-126 (LCD DRIVE)(1/2)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-73
PD-126 (LCD DRIVE)(2/2)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4-75
4-3. WAVEFORMS 4-77
4-4. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION 4-82

5.
1.
1-1.
5-1.
1-1.

ADJUSTMENTS

Before starting adjustment 5-1


Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards. 5-2
CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT 5-4
PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
(CAMERA SECTION) 5-4
1-1-1. List of Service Tools 5-4
1-1-2. Preparations 5-5
1-1-3. Precaution 5-7
1.
Setting the Switch 5-7
2.
Order of Adjustments 5-7
3.
Subjects 5-7
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 PAGE DATA 5-8
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF C, D, 8 PAGE DATA 5-8
1.
Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data 5-8
2.
Modification of C, D, 8 Page Data 5-8
3.
C Page Table 5-8
4.
D Page Table 5-10
5.
8 Page Table 5-11
1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B PAGE DATA
(DCR-PC5/PC5E) 5-12
1.
Initializing the B Page Data 5-12
2.
Modification of B Page Data 5-12
3.
B Page Table 5-12
1-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 7 PAGE DATA 5-13
1.
Initializing the E, F, 7 Page Data 5-13
2.
Modification of E, F, 7 Page Data 5-13
3.
F Page Table 5-13
4.
E Page Table 5-14
5.
7 Page Table 5-15
1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS 5-16
36MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-16
1.
2.
Zoom Key Center Adjustment 5-16
3.
HALL Adjustment 5-17
4.
Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box) 5-18
5.
Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and
Subject More Than 500m Away) 5-19

5-1.
5-2.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1-4.

Flange Back Adjustment (1) 5-19


Flange Back Adjustment (2) 5-19
Flange Back Check 5-20
Optical Axis Adjustment 5-21
Picture Frame Setting 5-22
Color Reproduction Adjustment 5-23
MAX GAIN Adjustment 5-24
Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input 5-24
Auto White Balance Adjustment 5-25
White Balance Check 5-26
Mechanical Shutter Adjustment (DCR-PC5/PC5E) 5-27
Steady Shot Check 5-27
COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT 5-28
1.
VCO Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-28
2.
Bright Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-29
3.
Contrast Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-29
4.
White Balance Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-30
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 5-31
1.
VCO Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-31
2.
Bright Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-32
3.
Black Limit Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-32
4.
Contrast Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-33
5.
Center Level Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-33
6.
V-COM Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-34
7.
White Balance Adjustment (PD-126 board) 5-34
5-2. MECHANISM SECTION ADJUSTMENT 5-35
2-1. HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE 5-35
2-2. HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE WITHOUT
CASSETTE 5-35
2-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT 5-35
1.
Preparation for Adjustment 5-35
2.
Procedure after operations 5-35
5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS 5-36
3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS 5-36
3-1-1. Equipment Required 5-36
3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting 5-37
3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors 5-38
3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment 5-38
3-1-5. Alignment Tapes 5-39
3-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance 5-39
3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 5-40
1.
Initialization of B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 Page Data 5-40
2.
Serial No. Input 5-40
2-1. Company ID Input 5-40
2-2. Serial No. Input 5-40
3.
Touch Panel Adjustment (VC-245 board) 5-42
4.
Battery End Check (VC-245 board) 5-42
3-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT 5-43
1.
Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-43
2.
PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-43
3.
Switching Position Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-44
4.
AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment 5-44
4-1. Preparations before adjustments 5-44
4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-44
4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-45
4-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments 5-45
3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS 5-46
3-4-1. Base Band Block Adjustments 5-46
1.
Chroma BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-46
2.
S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-245 Board) 5-46
3.
S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment
(VC-245 Board) 5-47
4.
VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-245 Board) 5-47
3-4-2. BIST Check 5-48
1.
Playback System Check 5-48

1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
2.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
3-5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
5-4.
4-1.
1.
2.
4-2.
4-3.
1.
2.
2-1.
2-2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Preparations for Playback 5-48


IC301 TRX (RF) PB BIST Check 5-48
IC301 AUD (ABUS) PB BIST Check 5-48
IC301 VFD PB BIST Check 5-48
IC301 ENCODER BIST Check 5-50
Processing after Completing Playback System Check 5-51
Recording System Check 5-52
Preparations for recording 5-52
IC301 TRX (RF) REC BIST Check 5-52
Processing after Completing Recording System Check 5-52
AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS 5-53
Playback Level Check 5-54
Overall Level Characteristics Check 5-54
Overall Distortion Check 5-54
Overall Noise Level Check 5-54
Overall Separation Check 5-54
SERVICE MODE 5-55
ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER 5-55
Using the adjustment remote commander 5-55
Precautions upon using the adjustment remote
commander 5-55
DATA PROCESS 5-56
SERVICE MODE 5-57
Setting the Test Mode 5-57
Emergence Memory Address 5-57
EMG Code (Emergency Code) 5-57
MSW Code 5-58
Bit value discrimination 5-59
Switch check (1) 5-59
Switch check (2) 5-60
Record of Use check 5-60
Record of Self-diagnosis check 5-61

6.

REPAIR PARTS LIST

6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS 6-1


6-1-1. OVERALL SECTION 6-1
6-1-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1 6-2
6-1-3. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2 6-3
6-1-4. LENS-EVF SECTION 6-4
6-1-5. CABINET (L) SECTION 6-5
6-1-6. CASSETTE COMPARTMENT AND DRUM BLOCK
ASSEMBLY 6-6
6-1-7. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY 6-7
6-1-8. MECHANISM CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY 6-8
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST 6-9
Parts list of the VC-245 board are not shown.
Pages from 6-13 to 6-25 are not shown.
* Optical axis frame and color reproduction frame are
shown on page 198 to 199.

SERVICE NOTE
1.

POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS

In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied to the battery terminal using the regulated power supply (4.2V), the power is shut off so
that the unit cannot operate.
This following two methods are available to prevent this. Take note of which to use during repairs.
Method 1.
Connect the servicing remote commander RM-95 (J-6082-053-B) to the LANC jack, and set the commander switch to the "ADJ" side.
Method 2.
Use the AC power adaptor (AC-VF10 or AC-VQ11) and connecting cord (DK-115).

2.
1
2
3
4
5
6

TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)


Refer to 2-2 to remove the accessory shoe.
Refer to 2-2, 2-3 to remove the cabinet (R) assembly.
Refer to 2-5 to remove the lens-EVF block assembly.
Refer to 2-7 to remove VC-245 board.
Refer to 2-8 to remove the mechanism deck.
Supply +4.5V from the DC power supply to the loading motor and unload with a pressing the cassette compartment.

DC power supply
(+4.5Vdc)

: Unloading
: Loading

Loading motor

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1.

2.

SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY

When problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of the
viewfinder or LCD screen consists of an alphabet and 4-digit
numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character display indicates
the repaired by:, block in which the problem occurred, and
detailed code of the problem.

When problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosis


function starts working, and displays on the viewfinder or LCD
screen what to do. This function consists of two display; selfdiagnosis display and service mode display.
Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instruction
manual.
Viewfinder or LCD screen
C:31:11

Blinks at 3.2Hz

11
Detailed Code

Block

Repaired by:

C : Corrected by customer
H : Corrected by dealer
E : Corrected by service
engineer

3.

31

Refer to page 9.
Indicates the appropriate
Self-diagnosis Code Table.
step to be taken.
E.g.
31 ....Reload the tape.
32 ....Turn on power again.

SERVICE MODE DISPLAY

The service mode display shows the last self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.

3-1.

Display Method

While pressing the BACK LIGHT key, set the switch from OFF to VCR or PLAYER, and continue pressing the BACK LIGHT key for
5 seconds continuously. The service mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis
codes.
Viewfinder or LCD screen
[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1

Lights up

[3]
Backup No.

C:31:11
Self-diagnosis Codes

Order of previous errors

3-2.

Backup No.

The backup No. in the [] indicates the order in which the problem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the
number of problems which occurred will be shown.)
[1] : Occurred first time
[4] : Occurred fourth time
[2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time
[3] : Occurred third time
[6] : Occurred the last time
Note: Switching of the backup No. cant be done.

3-3.

End of Display

Turning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.
Note: The self-diagnosis display data will be backed up by the coin-type lithium battery of control switch block (FK-30350) BT4001. When this cointype lithium battery is removed, the self-diagnosis display data will be lost by initialization.

4.

SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

Repaired by:

Self-diagnosis Code
Block
Detailed
Function
Code

Symptom/State

Correction

C
C
C

0
2
2

4
1
2

0
0
0

0
0
0

C
C
C
C
C
C

3
3
3
3
3
3

1
1
1
1
1
1

2
2
2
3
4
4

2
3
4
0
0
2

Non-standard battery is used.


Condensation.
Video head is dirty.
LOAD direction. Loading does not
complete within specified time
UNLOAD direction. Loading does not
complete within specified time
T reel side tape slacking when unloading.
Winding S reel fault when counting the
rest of tape.
T reel fault.
S reel fault.
T reel fault.
FG fault when starting capstan.
FG fault when starting drum.
FG fault during normal drum operations.
LOAD direction loading motor timeout.
UNLOAD direction loading motor
time-out.
T reel side tape slacking when
unloading.
Winding S reel fault when counting the
rest of tape.

T reel fault.

S reel fault.

T reel fault.

FG fault when starting capstan.

FG fault when starting drum

FG fault during normal drum


operations

Difficult to adjust focus


(Cannot initialize focus.)

Zoom operations fault


(Cannot initialize zoom lens.)

Steadyshot function does not work well.


(With pitch angular velocity sensor output
stopped.)
Steadyshot function does not work well.
(With yaw angular velocity sensor output
stopped.)

Use the info LITHIUM battery.


Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour.
Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and perform
operations from the beginning.
Inspect the lens block focus reset sensor (Pin 7 of CF-75 board)
when focusing is performed when the control dial is rotated in the
focus manual mode, and the focus motor drive circuit (IC204 of
VC-245 board) when the focusing is not performed.
Inspect the lens block zoom reset sensor (Pin w; of CF-75 board)
when zooming is performed when the zoom lens is operated and
the zoom motor drive circuit (IC204 of VC-245 board) when
zooming is not performed.
Inspect pitch angular velocity sensor (SE3450 of CF-75 board)
peripheral circuits.
Inspect yaw angular velocity sensor (SE3451 of CF-75 board)
peripheral circuits.

SECTION 1
GENERAL

1-1

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E
This section is extracted from instruction
manual. (DCR-PC4E/PC5E model)

1-2

1-3

1-4

1-5

1-6

1-7

1-8

1-9

1-10

1-11

1-12

1-13

1-14

1-15

1-16

1-17

1-18

1-19

1-20

1-21

1-22

1-23

1-24

1-25

1-26

1-27

1-28

1-29

1-30

1-31

1-32

1-33

1-34

1-35

1-36

1-37

1-38

1-39

1-40

1-41

1-42

1-43

1-44E

SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.

2-1. LCD unit, PD-126 board

PD-126 board service position

2-2. Cabinet (R) block assembly-1

Service position (Mainly for adjustment)

2-3. Cabinet (R) block assembly-2

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

2-4. BJ-1 board

2-5. Lens-EVF block assembly

2-9. CF-75 board, Lens device (LSV-651B)

2-6. Microphone block, Speaker

2-7. VC-245 board

2-8. Mechanism deck

2-10. Headphone jack , S terminal, Lithium battery,


Memory stick connector (PC5/PC5E model)
2-11. NS-12 board, Control switch block (PS-30350),
Control switch block (FK-30350)

2-12. LCD hinge assembly

2-13. Attaching harnesses of the LCD hinge assembly

2-1

Service position
(Mainly for voltage measurement and check)

NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. LCD UNIT, PD-126 BOARD


REMOVING THE PD-126 BOARD,
INVERTER TRANSFORMER UNIT
4 Back light
Cold cathode
fluorescent tube
8 Inverter
transformer unit

2 LCD unit
(24P)
1 Touch panel
(TP-30350)(7P)

5 PCB clip

2 LCD cabinet (R)


assembly

1 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
0 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

3 Remove the
three solderings
7 Remove the
six solderings

9 PD-126 board
6
-12
PD oard
B

6
-12
PD oard
B

qd PD-126 board,
Inverter
transformer unit
4 Two screws
(M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

6 PCB clip

qs Back light
Cold cathode fluorescent tube,
BL shield sheet (N)

qa Two claws

7 Panel spacer
9 LCD unit
8 Touch panel (TP-30350)

5 Panel protection sheet

3 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

B
6 LCD cabinet (T)
assembly

[PD-126 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]


Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)

LANC
jack

Touch panel (TP-30350)

6
-12
PD oard
B

LCD unit

PD-126 board,
Inverter transformer unit

Back light
Cold cathode fluorescent tube,
BL shield sheet (N)

2-2

AC POWER
ADAPTOR
(4.2Vdc)
(AC-VF10)
(AC-VQ11)

AC IN

2-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1


1 Two screws
(+K M2 5)
2 Accessory shoe
3 MIC cover

4 Two screws (M1.7 2.5), 8 Cabinet (R) block assembly


When removing it, be careful not
lock ace, p2
to damage the harnesses, etc.
5 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2
45
-2
VCard
Bo

A
B

7 Push the eject knob in


the direction of the arrow,
and open the cassette lid.

A
B

6 Screw (M1.7 4),


lock ace, p2

[SERVICE POSITION (Mainly for adjustment)]


Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)

AC IN

AC POWER
ADAPTOR
(4.2Vdc)
(AC-VF10)
(AC-VQ11)

CPC-6 terminal board jig


(J-6082-371-A)
CPC-6 flexible jig
(J-6082-370-B)

2-3

2-3. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2

2 Harness
(PR-062) (8P)

4 Cabinet (R) block assembly

1 Harness
(PD-109) (14P)

45
-2
VCard
Bo
A
B

A
B

3 BJ-1 board (60P)

2-4. BJ-1 BOARD


REMOVING THE BJ-1 BOARD

1 Remove the
three solderings

2 Battery holder,
Battery terminal board
3 BJ-1 board

3 BT cushion

9 Battery holder,
Battery terminal board

5 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

6 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
4 Two screws
(M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2
1 Open the Jack cover
in the direction of the arrow.

8 BJ-1 board
2 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

7 Harness
(PR-062) (2P)

2-4

2-5. LENS-EVF BLOCK ASSEMBLY


PRECAUTION DURING INSTALLATION
B
A
B

When installing, align the groove A of the


lens-EVF block assembly and the portion
B of the cabinet (L) assembly as shown.

3 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

4 Lens-EVF block assembly

2 NS-12 board (8P)


5

4
-2
VCard
Bo

1 CF-75 board (88P)

2-6. MICROPHONE BLOCK, SPEAKER

3 Microphone block

2 Speaker retainer assembly

1 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

45
-2
VCard
Bo

1 Remove the
two solderings
3 Speaker

REMOVING THE SPEAKER

2-5

2-7. VC-245 BOARD


REMOVING THE VC-245 BOARD
VC-245 board

Two claws

2 Remove the VC-245 board


in the direction of the arrow.

8 VC-245
board

4 Flexible board (from capstan motor) (27P)


5 FP-102 flexible board (27P)
6 Flexible board (from video head) (10P)
7 Flexible board (from drum motor) (10P)
3 Control switch block
(FK-30350) (39P)

45
-2
VCard
Bo

45
-2
VCard
Bo

1 Three screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

2-8. MECHANISM DECK


3 Open the cabinet (G) assembly,
MD frame assembly in the
direction of the arrow A.

REMOVING THE CASSETTE


COMPARTMENT COVER
1 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2
3 Mechanism deck
2 Two screws
(M1.4 1.5)

B
A
2 Cassette
compartment cover

1 Two screws
(M1.4 1.5)

4 Two dowels
5 Remove the mechanism deck, Cassette compartment
cover in the direction of the arrow B.
(Be careful not to damage the mechanism decks flexible.)

2-6

2-9. CF-75 BOARD, LENS DEVICE (LSV-651B)


Note: Be careful that dust must not enter during re-assembly.

REMOVING THE VF LENS ASSEMBLY


3 VF lens assembly
2 Screw (M1.7 3),
lock ace, p2

3 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

1
4 VF regulation
ring assembly

2 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
5 VF sleeve

1 Screw (M1.7 3),


lock ace, p2

4 Tapping screw
(M1.7 4), p2

2 BL cushion (B), BL unit, BL cushion (L),


Light guide plate block, CF-75 Board

4 LCD
cushion

5 VF sleeve guide assembly


3 LCD (LCX032AK-J) (PC4E) (16P)
LCD (LCX033AK-J) (PC5/PC5E) (16P)

1 Two claws

2 claw
6 BL cushion (L)

5 BL cushion (B)
1 Two claws

7 BL unit

8 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

A
3 Light guide plate block
Remove by sliding in the
direction of the arrow A.

1 Two tapping screws


(M1.7 5), p2

4 Light guide
plate block (6P)
9 CF-75 Board
7 Seal rubber
(W)

2 CD frame
6 CF-75 Board

8 Optical filter block


(OFB-04-14)
qd Lens device
(LSV-651B)

5 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
4 Tapping screw
(M1.7 4), p2

qs Zoom motor
0 Forcus motor

3 CF insulating sheet

9 Two tapping screws


(M1.7 4), p2
qa Two tapping screws
(M1.7 4), p2

2-7

2-10.HEADPHONE JACK, S TERMINAL, LITHIUM BATTERY,


MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR (PC5/PC5E MODEL)
3 Special head
screw (M2.6),
(step)

6 Cabinet (G) assembly

2 Screw
(M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

1 Tapping screw
(M1.7 4), p2
2 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2
4 Two dowels
5

1 Close the cabinet (G) assembly and


MD frame assembly in the direction
4 Belt bracket (front)
of the arrow.
assembly, Grip belt

3 Two screws
(M1.7 2.5), lock ace, p2

qg Cabinet (G) assembly


6 HP jack retainer
7 Remove the
two solderings
1
8 Lithium battery
0 Headphone jack
9 Remove the four solderings
qa Remove the eight solderings
4 Two tapping screws
(M1.7 4), p2

qs S terminal

5 Control switch block


(FK-30350)
qd Remove the
eleven solderings
qf Memory stick connector
(PC5/PC5E model)

2-8

2 Two tapping screws


(M1.7 4), p2
3 MS connector retainer

2-11. NS-12 BOARD, CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-30350),


CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350)

9 Tapping screw
(M1.7 4), p2

3 Screw
(M1.7 2),
lock ace, p2

2 Dowel
1 Screw
(M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

0 Control switch
block (PS-30350)

PRECAUTION DURING
INSTALLATION
Position the claw of the
MD frame assembly on
its top as shown.

8 MD frame assembly

4 Dowel
7 NS-12 board (8P)
6 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2
5 NS window assembly

5 G Frame ground plate


3 Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

2 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
1 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

6 Cabinet (L) assembly

4 Control switch block


(FK-30350)

2-9

[SERVICE POSITION (Mainly for voltage measurement and check)]


CPC-6 terminal board jig
(J-6082-371-A)

Lens device (LSV-651B)

CPC-6 flexible jig


(J-6082-370-B)
NS-12 board (8P)

Cabinet (R)
block assembly

CF-75 board (88P)

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)
Harness
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)

Control switch block


(FK-30350) (39P)

Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
Control switch block
(PS-30350)

45
-2 rd
VC oa
B

Mechanism deck

BJ-1 board (60P)


AC POWER
ADAPTOR
(4.2Vdc)
(AC-VF10)
(AC-VQ11)
VC-245 board

AC IN

Flexible board
(from capstan motor) (27P)
FP-102 flexible board (27P)
Flexible board
(from video head) (10P)
Flexible board
(from drum motor) (10P)
Control switch block
(FK-30350) (39P)
VC
-2
Bo 45
ard

2-10

2-12.LCD HINGE ASSEMBLY


4 Two screws (M1.7 2.5), lock ace, p2
When fastening 4, fasten it while pushing
the 5 in the direction of the arrow A.
1 Two screws (M1.7 2.5), lock ace, p2
When fastening 1, fasten it while pushing
5 Blind plate assembly,
the qs in the direction of the arrow B.
PO-5 board
8 Hinge cover (rear)

Hinge cover (front)

6 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2

qs LCD hinge
assembly
A

3 MF spacer

2
B

Two claws

Hinge cover (rear)

7 Remove the hinge cover (rear)


in the direction of the arrow.

9 Claw

qa Sheet (S)
0 Hinge
cover (front)
Harness
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)

PRECAUTION DURING
INSTALLATION
6
-12
PD oard
B

Align sheet (S)


with top edge of
LCD cabinet (T)
assembly

Wrap the harness with


sheet (S) for protection.

REMOVING THE HARNESS


(PD-109) (14P)
1 Remove the harness
(PD-109)(14P) in the direction
of the arrow.

REMOVING
THE PO-5 BOARD
Two claws

REMOVING THE HARNESS


(PR-062) (8P) (2P)
2 Route the harness (PR-062) (8P) (2P)
through the hole of the LCD hinge
assembly

5 Remove PO-5 board


in the direction of the arrow.

Then bend the harness so that it is


laid along with the connector.

6 Blind plate assembly

Then bend the harness so that it is laid


along with the connector.

REMOVING
THE PR-35 BOARD

3 Remove the
two solderings

Harness
(Two cores)
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)
(8P)

7 Remove PR-35 board in the


direction of the arrow.

(14P)
4 Remove the
two solderings

(2P)
(8P)

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)
(14P)

2-11

8 LCD hinge assembly

2-13.ATTACHING HARNESSES OF THE LCD HINGE ASSEMBLY


1

Blind plate assembly

PR-35 board

Harness
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)

LCD hinge assembly

PO-5 board

Hinge cover (rear)

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)

(8P)

(14P)

Hinge cover (front)


Screw (M1.7 2.5),
lock ace, p2

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)

Harness
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)

Bend one of the two


harnesses at its connector.

4
A
B

PO-5 board

C
D

A KEY-A03

B Gnd

C KEY-A02

D Gnd

Solder at the
two positions.

D
C
B

CN006
A

Harness
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)

5 Install the PO-5 board in

6
LCD hinge assembly

the direction of the arrow.

PR-35 board
Solder at the
two positions.

Route the harnesses (PR-062) (8P) (2P)


and (PD-109) (14P) through the hole of the
LCD hinge assembly as shown.

Two claws

LCD hinge assembly


Blind plate assembly

5 Screw (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
4 Hinge
cover (rear)

Attach the PR-35 board to the


LCD hinge assembly with the
both-sided adhesive tape.

LCD hinge assembly

8
Hinge cover (rear)

3 Two screws (M1.7 2.5),


lock ace, p2
1 Close Blind plate in the
direction of the arrow.

Harness (PR-062) (8P) (2P),


Harness (PD-109) (14P)
Blind plate
assembly
2 Two claws

Claw
1 Hinge cover (front)

Hinge cover (front)


LCD hinge
assembly
2 When attaching the blind plate assembly, route the
harnesses through the notch as shown while taking
care so that the harness must not be caught or pinched.

3 Close hinge cover (rear)


in the direction of the arrow.

2-12

2-14.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION


The circuit boards contained in the zoom lens are not shown.

CF-75
(CCD IMAGER)

PD-126
(LCD DRIVER)
PO-5
(PANEL OPEN)
PR-34
(PANEL REVERSE)
INVERTER
TRANSFORMER UNIT

NS-12
(REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)

VC-245
A/D CONVERTER, LENS DRIVER,
CAMERA SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV INTERFACE, REC/PB AMP,
PS CONTROL, JPEG, MS INTERFACE,
LINE IN/OUT, EVF/RGB,
DRUM CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE,
MECHA CONTROL, HI CONTROL,
AUDIO IN/OUT, DC/DC CONVERTER

BJ-1
(JACK, BATTERY)

2-13

2-15.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION


The flexible boards contained in the mechanism deck and that in the zoom lens are not shown.

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


(FK-30350) (PC5/PC5E)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


(PS-30350)

TOUCH PANEL (TP-30350)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


(FK-30350) (PC4E)

2-14E

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)(DCR-PC4E)


CF-75 BOARD(1/2)

VC-245 BOARD(1/3)

LENS ASSY

J3102
DV IN/OUT

(4-13)

IRIS
(SHUTTER)

(4-17)

138
139

IC3201
1-4 10-13

CCD OUT

CCD
IMAGER

IC701

CN001

CN3354

(4-23)

85 85

30

|
(GCAM3)
S/H,AGC
A/D CONV.

131
AD0-AD9

6
47

AD SO
AD SCK

23

16

Y0-Y7

203

205

207

211

213

215

Y0-Y7

61
59
|

CLP OB
MSUB

81 81

112

C0-C3

C0-C3

56
70

CLPDM,PBLK
XSHP,XSHD

V DRAIN

201

17
HD,VD,OE HD,VD OE

IC702

V1-V4,VSHT
H1,H2,RG

69 69

TIMING
GENERATOR

22
72 72

152
153

IRIS
METER

26

DRIVE +,-

HD,VD

23

HALL +,-

110

AFCK(IC903)

196

38

SPCK(IC751)

48

IC302

I HALL AD

EEPROM

(4-28)

(4-19)

17

133

FOCUS
MOTOR

SHUTTER
DRIVE

5
9

11

46 46

FC A,B
FC XA,XB

14

HD
VD

184

183

47 47

21 23

57 57

FOCUS MOTOR
DRIVE

ENO,DIR OA,DIR OB

60 60

17 19

J3103
AUDIO/VIDEO OUT

18

17

16

14

COL0 195

|
COL3 194

191

190

OSD CS
OSD SO
OSD SCK

159

19 19
VSP SO,SI,SCK

161

75

71
105

106

63

BJ-1 BOARD
(2/3)

PANEL G
PANEL R
PANEL B
HD,VD
EVF G

(4-65)

EVF R
EVF B

(4-25)
10 11

CN002

12

ENI,DIR 1A,DIR 1B

13

ZOOM MOTOR
DRIVE

MIC

20 20

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

140

142
7

J3101

179

65
139
50 50

L
R
24 24

MC BUS

67

141
ZM A,B
ZM XA,XB

20

19

73
SHUTTER ON

15
7
FOCUS
RESET
SENSOR

CHARACTER
GENERATOR

4
3

13

CN3103
23 23

15 15

IC801

IC201

CN003

(SEE PAGE
3-5)

170

52

(4-21)

40 40

19

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(2/3)

ATF ERR

79

IRIS PWM

(4-19)

PB CK

81

42 42

AD DT
6

88

37

IRIS HALL AMP


25

REC DT

83

111

50

REC CK

97

IRIS DRIVE

SFD BCK

46

35

IC202
IC203

35 35

27

SPCK

CN001
36 36

DATA TO SFD
DATA FROM SFD

127

(4-17)

37

99
CL

45

CN3351 CN3354

MC BUS

79

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

133

42

12

156

15
16

29

47

LCK

132

44

X701
36MHz

51

23

30

25

DV INTERFACE

TRCK

141

21

33

78 78

IC361

42

CN3103
3

DV SIGNAL
PROCESS

72

21

(CAIN)

TPA+,TPB+,-

(LIP)

71

115

AD CLK
18

145

(4-37)

IC301

CN003

(4-27)
45

L BUS

68
|

(BIRDS+)
CAMERA
PROCESS,
FOCUS/ZOOM
CONTROL,
EVR

48
19

IC751

121

11

199

X301
24.576MHz

142

55
59

46

IC1301

143

14
22

(TAKO)

16

18

35
C

J4001
C

31
V

S VIDEO

144
LINE OUT
AGC
ACC

IC204
ZOOM
MOTOR

(4-20)

(4-47)

FC RST

137

IC1001

36
ZM RST

ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR

20

138

53 53

54

34

(XYZ)
15
VSP SO,SCK

14

56 56

5
NIGHT SHOT

AUDIO
I/O

55

(4-48)
43

14

IRIS PWM

(4-21)
MANUAL
FOCUS
SENSOR

31 31

17
15

MF A,B

IC802

22
23

32 32

DATA FROM SFD


DATA TO SFD
66

I HALL AD

33
34

41

12

IC1002
(ADC&DAC)
D/A CONV.
A/D CONV.

CAMERA CONTROL
40

X801
20MHz

SFD BCK

9
8

15
16

19
64

17
2

3
2

L
R

J4002

14
L

HEADPHONE

13

25
23

CAM SO,SI,SCK

SP+,-

10

SPEAKER

35

(4-15)

53

AD SO,AD SCK

54

IC3451

SE3451
YAW SENSOR

12

SE3450
PITCH SENSOR

YAW/PITCH
SENSOR
AMP

62
YAW AD

18

27 27

28 28

MIC L

39

MIC R

35

ZOOM AD

58

EXT MIC L

42

EXT MIC R

32

CN4003

48
PITCH AD

59

50

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(3/3)

(SEE PAGE
3-8)

CONTROL
SWITCH
BLOCK
(FK-30350)
(1/2)

HI SO,SI,SCK

ZOOM AD

(SEE PAGE 4-65)

OSD CS,SO,SCK
PANEL R,G,B,EVF R,G,B,HD,VD
LANC SIG

J3102
LANC SIG/232C RD

LANC/
DIGITAL I/O

12 12
LANC GND/232C TD
11 11
CN3103

CN003

BJ-1 BOARD(1/3)
16

3-1

3-2

MIC
L

MIC
R

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/3)(DCR-PC5/PC5E)


CF-75 BOARD(1/2)

VC-245 BOARD(1/3)

LENS-EVF BLOCK

J3102
DV IN/OUT

(4-13)

IRIS
(SHUTTER)

(4-17)

138

X301
24.576MHz

139

IC3201

CN3354

1-4 10-13

CN001
CCD OUT

CCD
IMAGER

(4-23)

IC701

85 85

30

131

|
(GCAM3)
S/H,AGC
A/D CONV.

AD0-AD9

47

IC751

48
19

CLP OB
CLPDM,PBLK
XSHP,XSHD

V DRAIN

MSUB

81 81

Y0-Y7

IC1406

C0-C7

205

203
207

211

213

215

56

29

70

14

28

71

13

27

72

12

26

18

IC702

21

152

23

153

69 69

TIMING
GENERATOR

22
72 72

30

15

42

25

16

33

12

SPCK

10

204

206

133

208

212

132

214

216

127

Y0-Y7

49
|

C0-C3

CL

46

37

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

DATA TO SFD
DATA FROM SFD
SFD BCK

REC CK

99

46
78 78

MC BUS

79

156

202

51

21

V1-V4,VSHT
H1,H2,RG

REC DT

97

45

29

47

LCK

141

(CAIN)

HD,VD OE

58

DV INTERFACE

TRCK

51

115

AD CLK

DV SIGNAL
PROCESS

17

200

CN3103
3

(LIP)

IC301

C0-C3
5

(4-37)

TPA+,TPB+,-

IC361

42

145

Y0-Y7

32

HD,VD,OE

112

L BUS

41
|

201

CN003

(4-27)
45

142

34

(SHIORI)
DIGITAL
STILL
PROCESS

9
C0-C3

199

|
17

59

16

23

Y0-Y7

61

(BIRDS+)
CAMERA
PROCESS,
FOCUS/ZOOM
CONTROL,
EVR

AD SO
AD SCK

24

68

121

11

(4-34)

18
HD,VD,OE

44

HD,VD

45
X701
36MHz

IRIS
METER

26

DRIVE +,-

27

22

43

24

37

AFCK(IC903)

196

38

SPCK(IC751)

48

23

HALL +,-

IC801

42 42

4
3

EEPROM

(4-28)

1
13

SHUTTER ON

FOCUS
MOTOR

11

14

COL0 195

|
COL3 194

191

190

21 23

FOCUS MOTOR
DRIVE

15

ENO,DIR OA,DIR OB
140

60 60

17 19

13

ZOOM MOTOR
DRIVE

AEP,UK

VSP SO,SI,SCK

PANEL R
PANEL B

71
105

106

AFCK
(IC1903)

BJ-1 BOARD
(2/3)

PANEL G

75

HD,VD
EVF G
EVF R

(4-65)

EVF B

63

(4-25)
10 11

CN002

12
Y

55
115

142
57 57

AUDIO/VIDEO OUT
R

19 19

161

141
ZM A,B
ZM XA,XB

EXCEPT: AEP,UK

159

65
139
47 47

J3103
AUDIO/VIDEO IN/OUT

20 20

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

67

50 50

MIC

179

46 46

FC A,B
FC XA,XB

J3101
R

24 24

MC BUS

SHUTTER
DRIVE

184

183

OSD CS
OSD SO
OSD SCK

133

15
7
9

HD
VD

73

IC201

17

CN3103
23 23

(SEE PAGE
3-5)

15 15
18

17

16

14

CHARACTER
GENERATOR

(4-19)
19

FOCUS
RESET
SENSOR

20

19

40 40

(4-19)

CN003

ATF ERR

52

(4-21)

IRIS HALL AMP


25

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(2/3)

170

IC302

I HALL AD

50

81

IRIS PWM

IRIS DRIVE

PB CK

79

IC202
IC203

35 35

AD DT
6

88

35

CN001
36 36

83

111

(4-17)
CN3351 CN3354

44
110

IC1301

46

59

ENI,DIR 1A,DIR 1B

18
14

143
16

22

(TAKO)

Y
J4001

35
C

C
31
V

S VIDEO

144

IC204
ZOOM
MOTOR

FC RST

137

ZM RST

96

138

53 53

20

VSP SO,SCK

112

(4-20)
ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR

LINE OUT
LINE IN
AGC
ACC

113

74

85

103

80

72

94

(4-47)
39

31

68

SPCK
(IC751)

60

IC903

36

48

34

42

IC1001
54
15

VSP SO,SCK
59
A0-A11
14

43

31 31

15

MF A,B

IC802

22

32 32

23

52
DATA FROM SFD
18

31

13 38

48

49
DATA TO SFD
|

C0-C7
66

I HALL AD

SFD BCK

IC752

47

CAMERA CONTROL
34

41

35

(4-15)

53

YAW SENSOR

12

SE3450
PITCH SENSOR

YAW/PITCH
SENSOR
AMP

62
YAW AD

18

27 27

28 28

IC1002
(ADC&DAC)
D/A CONV.
A/D CONV.

16

19
64

17
2

3
2

53

L
R

L
14

J4002
L

HEADPHONE

13

25
23

SP+,-

10

MIC
L

MIC
R

SPEAKER

(4-35)

(4-24)

63-66

AD SO,AD SCK

51
15

37

39

MIC R

35

EXT MIC L

42

EXT MIC R

32

MIC L

EXCEPT
AEP/UK MODEL

54
SE3451

12

HD,VD,OE

16Mbit
SDRAM

CAM SO,SI,SCK

36

IC3451

9
8

38
33

40

X801
20MHz

55

(4-48)

IRIS PWM

(4-21)
17

AUDIO
I/O

A/D CONV.

D1-D10
Y0-Y7

MANUAL
FOCUS
SENSOR

14

56 56

5
NIGHT SHOT

(XYZ)

34

AFCK

ZOOM AD
KASYA ON

58

CN4003

48
HI SO,SI SCK
PITCH AD

59

50

(4-33)

(4-33)

171 172 178

IC1405
HI SO,SI,SCK

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(3/3)

IC1407

16Mbit
SDRAM

(4-32)

IC1404

4Mbit
FLASH

160
ZOOM AD
19

(SEE PAGE
3-8)

OSD CS,SO,SCK

12

39

49

16

25

32

29

(KATHMANDU)
DIGITAL
STILL
CONTROL

45

PANEL R,G,B,EVF R,G,B,HD,VD


LANC SIG

161

X1401
25.8048MHz

57
A1-A19

CN4001

194

79

193

20
MS DIO,MS SCLK,MS BS

192

35
RXD
TXD

232C ON
J3102

IC1403

Q1111
LANC SIG/232C RD

LANC/
DIGITAL I/O

12 12
LANC GND/232C TD

17

11 11
CN3103

RS232C
I/F

181
175

15

16

13

RXD

(SEE PAGE 4-65)

TXD

CN003

BJ-1 BOARD(1/3)
16

3-3

CONTROL
SWITCH
BLOCK
(FK-30350)
(1/2)

D0-D15

23

53

(4-31)

21

3-4

MEMORY
STICK

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

3-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/3)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
CN004
FOR ADJUSTMENTS
17
SWP

VC-245 BOARD(2/3)

(4-30)

RF MON

REC CK

REC CK

REC DT

REC DT

40

IC102

42

(TRW)

(4-29)
42
AD DT

AD DT

PB CK

PB CK

ATF ERR

ODD

REC/PB
AMP

5
6
DRUM

27

EVEN

3
2

(TRF)
EQ
A/D CONV.
PLL

13

22 24

34

(SEE PAGE
3-2,3-4)

PB Y OUT

CN101
6

IC101

15
20

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(1/3)

(4-42)

J MECHA DECK

20

31

SWP

95
60

SWP

78
|

(4-43)

MC BUS
FRRV TRRT,TRRV

IC501

VSP SO,SI,SCK

MECHA
CONTROL

(4-44)

2-4

115
45

32

CAP FG

CAPSTAN
FG AMP

2,3

(4-41)
(4-49)

106

69

CAP PWM

56

IC401

|
(RABI)
108

54

CAP VS

CAP ERROR
18

(2/2)

SWITCHING

IC1601

61

DRUM PWM

52

53

18.22

CAPSTAN
MOTOR

11

IC401

DRUM VS
SWITCHING
58

(RABI)
DRUM
MOTOR
DRIVE

11

LPF
UNREG 2

(SEE PAGE
3-8)

|
4

|
14

HI SO,SI,SCK

(4-42)

Q1609

DRUM ERROR
22

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(3/3)

21,23,19

CN010

PWM
DRIVE

X501
20MHz

FG

17
|
20

(2/2)

74

68

25

(SALVIA)
CAPSTAN
MOTOR
DRIVE

Q1638-1641
Q1614

LPF

76

CAPSTAN

IC402

FFREW UP

37
FRRV
TRRT
TRRV

14,15

CAP ON,CAP FWD

46

IC502
EEPROM

M902
CN009

22

26

DRP SO,XDRP SCK

80

M901
1

20,21,24

DRUM
MOTOR

|
6

(1/2)

(4-41)

DRUM FG

10

DRUM PG

47
DRUM ON,DRUM FWD,DRUM START

83

48

82

63

16,6,3

81
116

DRUM FG

DRUM PG

59

DRUM FG AMP

64

CHIME SDA,CHIME SCK,CHIME VDD


XCC DOWN

117

61
DRUM PG AMP

CN008
27

49

LOAD,UNLOAD

26,25

50

114
113

54

53

96

LOADING MOTOR
DRIVE

28,30

M903
LOADING
MOTOR

24
TREEL FG

40

SREEL FG

48

TAPE END

34

42,43
REEL FG AMP

45,46

23

35
TAPE END DETECT

TAPE TOP

36

37
TAPE TOP DETECT

DEW
SENSOR

T REEL

SENSOR

S REEL

SENSOR
Q902

DEW DET

TAPE END SENSOR


3

55

TAPE LED ON
Q901
TAPE TOP SENSOR

44

39

REC PROOF SW

D901
TAPE LED

MODE SW A - MODE SW C

|
41

16

REC PROOF
13

S901

10
|

4PIN
CONNECTOR

CN901

12
XCC DOWN
17

S903
C IN

21
MODE
|

SWITCH

19
S902

16

3-5

3-6

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

3-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/3)

CN2103

CN006

VC-245 BOARD(3/3)

TP R,TP L,TP BOT,TP TOP

(4-46)

IC1104
19

36

PHOTO FREEZE SW

XPHOTO FREEZE

S4003,4005,4007,4008
FOCUS SW
PHOTO REC SW
SURER NIGHT SHOT SW

93

37

KEY AD0

KEY AD7

100
I/F

KEY AD4

97

KEY AD3

96

KEY AD2

95

94

KEY AD1

PR-34 BOARD

48

(4-53)

47

73

XCC DOWN

18

HI SO

33

HI SI

34
35

38

S3601

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM(2/3)

(SEE PAGE
3-5)

10

10

51

LANC IN

VDD
77

LANC OUT

40

12

39

27

IC1103

10
12

VDD SWITCH

3
23
PSIG

6
2
7
8
12
13
19

(4-73)

IC2103

42
HD

12

CN2104

48

CN2100

CN005

22

24

TIMING
GENERATOR

13

12
LANC SIG
11

LCD
UNIT

COM

45

(4-45)

42

IC1102

24

RGB
DRIVE

VD
BATT LI 3V
17

4
VR,VG,VB

22

46
HI SO,SCK

XRESET

20

PANEL R,G,B

13
BT4001
LITHIUM
BATTERY

IC2101

46

PANEL
REVERSE

CHIME SDA
CHIME SCK
CHIME VDD

RESET
5

S4006

RESET

4
HSY

PANEL
OPEN

71

XHI SCK

2
PSIG

CHIME SCL

XCC DOWN

1
COM

(4-73)

HI SO,SI,SCK

16

VG

PD-126 BOARD

S3501

CHIME AD0

CHIME SDA

CHIME AD2

33

(4-53)
5

S4010,4011
DISPLAY SW
BACK LIGHT SW

CN2105
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS

PO-5 BOARD

Q002-004
HI CONTROL

CN002

S004

TOUCH
PANEL

6
CN2101

HD OUT

PWM

LANC I/O

INVERTER
BLOCK

BL ON

87

(4-45)

CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK(PS-30350)
CN4004

POWER SW

CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK(FK-30350)
(2/2)

X1101
20MHz

40

X1102
32.768KHz

52

PANEL 4.6V

41

Q2181,2182

Q1104

53

27

28

XVTR MODE SW

26

XPHOTO STBY SW

IB SI

48

IB SO

49

BATT SIG
I/F

XCAM STBY SW
VTR DD ON

29

CAM DD ON

28

START/STOP SW

30

16

XS/S SW

EJECT SW

29

17

XEJECT SW

46

Q1102,1105,
1115-1119
SIRCS CARRIER

36

SIRCS ENV

59

IR ON

43

SIRCS SIG

XCS OSD

44

OSD SO

45

XOSD SCK

46

CN001

(4-39)
48
EVF R,G,B
47

RV4001

IC1802

CF-75 BOARD

CN3354

20

22

24

12

14
R,G,B

RGB
DRIVE

40

15
13
COM
16
12

35

39

LED
DRIVE

3
CN2202

34

ZOOM VR

(4-39)

46
HI SO,SCK
KEY AD1R
38

45

IC1803

24

14

14 14

42
HD

(SEE PAGE 4-65)

VD

Q2203-2205

TIMING
GENERATOR

LED DA

48

LED1
LED2

LCD
DRIVE

22 22
2

BACK
LIGHT

8
LED ON/OFF
21 21

CN003
BATT SIG

17 17

19 19

VCC1
VCC2

LCD 4.6V

27 27

Q2202,2207
CN2201

29 29
PS3101
31 31
UNREG
33 33
BATTERY
TERMINAL

35 35

EVF VG
4

37 37

EVF VCO
5

PS3102
39 39

CN004
FOR
ADJUSTMENTS

VTR DD ON
41 41
CAM DD ON
43 43
45 45
PS3103
47 47
49 49
51 51

IC1601
IC1602
IC1603

53 53
PS3104
55 55

CN3103

DC/DC
CONVERTER

HI UNREG
D 3.1V
D 1.9V

21 21

D 1.5V
A 2.8V

OSD,CS,SO,SCK

AU 2.8V
D 2.8V

59 59

CAM -6.5V

(4-39)

KEY AD1R
PANEL R,G,B
EVF R,G,B
HD,VD

57 57

CAM 12V
MT 4.8V
PANEL 15.5V

HI,SO,SI,SCK
ZOOM AD

S2201
(EVF ON/OFF)

NS-12 BOARD

TO
OVERALL
BLOCK DIAGRAM(1/3)

(4-14)

(SEE PAGE
3-1,3-3)

IC001

LANC SIG
SIRCS SIG
68 68

LCD 13.5V

LCD 4.6V

16

BJ-1
BOARD
(3/3)

REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER

LCD 2.8V
RP 4.6V
A 4.6V
NS LED K
63 63
CN001

3-7

BACK
LIGHT
DRIVE

P UNREG

2
CN3354

3-8

CN3353

D005,006
(NIGHT SHOT)

LCD
UNIT

ND901
BACK
LIGHT

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

VC-245 BOARD(1/2)

BJ-1 BOARD
(4-69,70)
J3102

CN003
LANC DC
10

LANC/
DIGITAL I/O

LANC DC

10
BATT SIG
VTR DD ON
CAM DD ON

BATTERY
TERMINAL
PS3101

29 31 29 31

UNREG

UNREG

UNREG

33 35 33 35
MT 4.8V

PS3102

37 39 37 39

UNREG2

41 43 41 43
PS3103

45 47 45 47

UNREG3
D1613
RECT

49 51 49 51
PS3104

53 55 53 55

L1626

UNREG4

L1627

L1628

HI UNREG

HI UNREG

57 59 57 59
27

27

IC1605

(4-51)

CN3103
Q1623
SWITCHING

CN3104
1

IC1601

Q1602,
1603

PD-126
BOARD

D1609

IC2101

T1601

RGB
DRIVE

5
D1606
RECT

(4-73)

Q2102,
2104

28

18
POFF
CN2100

14

TIMING
GENERATOR

OUT7-2

-IN7

13

46

VSS(0)1234

57

VSS(0)567

49

VDD(0)123

60

VDD(0)567

50

D 1.9V

A 2.8V

OUT2-2

51

-IN2

43

Q1620
D 2.8V

Q1616
SWITCHING

EMERGENCY
DETECT

D 1.5V

D 1.5V

+IN8

-IN8

OUT8

OUT3-1

53

OUT3-2

54

-IN3

40

L1612

L1625

A 2.8V
AU 2.8V

(SEE PAGE
3-11)

Q1618
SWITCHING
Q1626,1627,
1629,1637

Q1621

D 3.1V
LCD 13.5V

Q1607
SWITCHING

LCD 2.8V
5
LCD 13.5V

T1602
5

13.5V REG

EMERGENCY
DETECT

D1612(1/2)
RECT

A 4.6V

LCD 4.6V

VREF

27

VREF

OUT4

56

-IN4

37

PANEL 15.5V
14

CAM 12V
12V REG

CN005

D1612(2/2)
RECT

Q1630-1632
CAM -6.5V

3
Q2203-2206

VB

34

RT

35

CT

COMP

Q1613
SWITCHING

CN001

Q2202,
2207
1

17 17

LCD 4.6V

19 19

LCD 13.5V
LCD 2.8V

OUT1-1

47

OUT1-2

48

29

CTL1-6,8

Q1619
SWITCHING

L1622

A 4.6V

L1621

LCD 4.6V

L1619

RP 4.6V

L1605
L1618

D 3.1V

30

CTL7

Q1633-1636
-IN1

PC5/PC5E

44
Q1608
SWITCHING

L1804

LCD
UNIT

L1613

3.1V REG
VTR DD ON

CN2201

-6.5V REG

11

BATT SIG

LED
DRIVE

BACK
LIGHT

33

RP 4.6V

PANEL 15.5V
Q1622,1624,
1625,1628

6
7

L1608

CAP VS

2.8V REG
EVF VCC

LCD 2.8V

16 16

CAM 12V

CN2202

IC1802

IC1803

RGB
DRIVE

TIMING
GENERATOR

OUT6-1

61

OUT6-2

62

Q1614
SWITCHING

IC1603

CAM -6.5V

(4-51)

CAP VS
+IN6

CAP ERROR

18

CAP VS
Q1609
SWITCHING

Q1638-1641
L1609

DRUM VS

FFREW UP (IC501

22 )

CAP ERROR

(4-39)

(4-39)

LED ON/OFF
21 21
CN3354

CF-75
BOARD(1/3)

58

OUT5-2

59

+IN5

22

Q1615
SWITCHING

DRUM ERROR

DRUM ERROR

CAM DD ON

16

DRUM VS
OUT5-1

3-9

TO
POWER
BLOCK
DIAGRAM
(2/2)

D 2.8V

L1624
L1623

Q1601
SWITCHING

CN2101

D 1.9V

INVERTER
BLOCK
BACK
LIGHT
DRIVE

DC/DC CONV.
(STEP UP)

L1620

L1610

Q1612
SWITCHING

Q2181,2182

IC1602

Q1606
SWITCHING

AU 2.8V

D1605
RECT

BLON

MT 4.8V

(4-51)

OUT2-1

UNREG

VCC(0)5678

D1611
RECT

L1602

Q1617
SWITCHING

VCC

D1608
RECT

CN2104

IC2103
(4-73)

OUT7-1

Q1610
SWITCHING

PANEL 4.6V
7
14

L1615

L1611

64

VCC(0)1234

L2103

PANEL 13.5V
6

LCD 13.5VV
Q1604,1605

D1607
RECT

LCD
UNIT

PANEL 2.8V
5

Q1611
SWITCHING

L1601

55

LCD 4.6V

(4-49)

DC/DC CONVERTER

EMERGENCY
DETECT

DC/DC CONV.
(STEP UP)

3-10

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

3-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.

VC-245 BOARD(2/2)
PC5/PC5E

IC1104

(4-46)

CN002
MS VCC

MEMORY
STICK

24

HI CONTROL

8
CN4001

LANC DC
BATT SIG
VTR DD ON

IC1102

(4-45)

CAM DD ON

90

BATT SENS

91

ACV SENS

Q1104
D4002

BATT SIG

IB SO

49

IB SI

48

VTR DD ON

29

CAM DD ON

28

XVTR MODE SW

14

28

XCAM+STBY SW

15

27

XPHOTO STBY SW

20

26

(4-45)

D 2.8V
18

I/F

ACCESS LED
RV4001

IC1101
UNREG

REG

MT 4.8V

IC1103

BATTER IN
DETECT

REG

(4-45)

XRESET

38

31 42 51
63 87

61

3
D1104

VDD

UNREG

POWER

12

ZOOM VR

CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK(FK-30350)
(4-65,66)

BATT IN

CN4004

LANC I/O
HI UNREG

D 2.8V

35
RESET

OFF

VCC

LANC DC

CAMERA

POWER

MEMORY

PC5/PC5E

(4-65)

8
31

D 2.8V

LCD 4.6V

S1

XLANC ON

Q1106
14

CONTROL
SWITCH
BLOCK
(PS-30350)

VCR

92

CHIME PWR CONT

POWER LED

VTR DD SENS

LCD 4.6V
S4006
16

RESET

17

BT4001
LITHIUM BATTERY

BTT LI 3V
HI UNREG
Q1012,
1013

4.6V
LCD 13.5V

(4-47)

(4-47)

(4-48)
5

IC1001

IC1002

(XYZ)
AUDIO I/O

AUDIO
ADC&DAC

IC1003

4.6V REG

IC502
D 1.9V

IC501

EEPROM

(4-44)

A 2.8V

A 2.8V

105

MECHA
CONTROL

XREEL
HALL ON

22

FFREW UP

(4-43)

CF-75 BOARD(2/3)
CN001

CN3354
64 64

D005,006

MT 4.8V

NIGHT SHOT
LED

66 66

TO
POWER BLOCK
DIAGRAM
(1/2)

AU 2.8V

AU 2.8V

D 2.8V

D 2.8V

(4-14)

FB501
17 17

IC001

LCD 4.6V
5

19 19

REMOTE
COMMANDER
RECEIVER

CN3353

D 1.5V
EVER 3.0V

(SEE PAGE
3-10)

A 2.8V
26 26

IC903
(4-35)

IC1301

IC301

(4-37)

(4-25)

VIDEO
LINE IN/OUT
AMP

A/D CONV.
D 3.1V

PITCH,YAW
SENSOR

IC3451

(4-28)

DV
INTERFACE

CHARACTER
GENERATER

PITCH,YAW
SENSOR AMP

SE3450,3451

NS-12 BOARD

(4-15)

EXCEPT AEP/UK MODEL


FB753

D 3.1V
RP 4.6V

RP 4.6V

IC302

(4-27)

DV
SIGNAL
PROCESS

A 4.6V

A 4.6V

IC361

PC5/PC5E

PC4E

MT 4.8V

IC401

D 1.9V

IC402
LCD 13.5V

(4-42)
DRUM ERROR

PC5/PC5E
L801
CAP_VS
CAP VS

IC802

CAP ERROR

IC801

IC703

IC751
1.5V

FC RST LED

DRUM VS
DRUM ERROR

L201

ZM RST LED

16

CAMERA
CONTROL

EEPROM

(4-21)

1.5V REG

(4-21)

(4-17)

IC752

(BIRDS+)
CAMERA
SIGNAL
PROCESS

IC701
(GCAM3)
S/H,AGC
A/D CONV.

16M
SDRAM

(4-23)

(4-24)

Q801

21

CAPSTAN MOTOR
DRIVE,
CAP FG AMP

CHIME VDD

CAP ERROR
DRUM VS

52
54
11

DRUM
MOTOR DRIVE
DRUM FG,PG AMP
LOADING
MOTOR DRIVE
REEL FG AMP
TAPE TOP,END DET
DRUM,CAP ERROR AMP

SENSOR VCC

D 2.8V

R424

MT 4.8V

10

4PIN
CONNECTOR

T REEL,
S REEL
SENSOR

15

TAPE LED

Q402

HI UNREG

(4-17)

15

CAM 12V

18

Q1109

(4-41)

XREEL HALL ON

A 2.8V

CHIME PWR CONT

D 2.8V

TAPE LED A

MF LED

CN008

CAM -6.5V

J MECHA DECK
(4-17)
RP 4.6V

A 4.6V
MT 4.8V

L102

L203

IC702

A 2.8V

FB101

D 2.8V

D 1.9V

(4-19)

FB201

(4-20)

IC201
SHUTTER
DRIVE

IC204
FOCUS/ZOOM
MOTOR DRIVE

IC202
IC203
IRIS DRIVE
IRIS HALL AMP

IC102

IC101

(TRW)

(TRF)

REC/PB
AMP

EQ,
A/D CONV.
PLL

(4-30)

(4-13)
CAM 12V

IC1405

IC1407

RS232C
I/F

16Mbit
SDRAM

4Mbit
FLASH

(4-31)

(4-33)

IC1406
(SHIORI)
DIGITAL
STILL
PROCESS

(4-33)

CAM -6.5V

CCD
IMAGER

84 84

(4-29)

(4-32)

MF VCC

LENS ASSY

MF VCC
30 30

IC1404
DIGITAL
STILL
CONTROL

(4-34)

IC3201

82 82

PC5/PC5E

IC1403

CF-75 BOARD
(3/3)

TIMING
GENERATOR

(4-19)

D 1.5V

(SEE PAGE 4-42)

18

FOCUS
RING

FOCUS
RESET
SENSOR

20

ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR

FC RST LED
33

MS VCC ON

Q204
D 2.8V

FC RESET VCC
45 45

ZM RST LED
Q1406,1407

Q203

D 3.1V

ZM RESET VCC
55 55

16

CN001

3-11

3-12E

CN3354

CN3351

M
VIDEO
HEAD

4-1
PG
FG

MODE_SW_A
MODE_SW_B

7
8
MODE SW B
MODE SW C

22
21
20
19
18
17
16

14
13

5
6
7
8
9

14
15

MODE_SW_A
MODE_SW_B
MODE_SW_C

XCCDOWN_SW 11

13

DEW-

SW_COM/SW_GND 10

12

DEW+

M903
LOADING
MOTOR
TAPE_LED_K
TAPE_LED_A
MIC/REC_SW_GND
XREC_PROOF

S902
MODE
SWITCH

FP-100
FP-228

FLEXIBLE
FLEXIBLE
3
2
1

1
2
3

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1
2
3
4
5
6

HALL_VCC

S903

(CC DOWN)

Q902
Q901

TAPE TOP
TAPE END
TREEL+
TREELHALL_GND
SREELSREEL+
TAPE_END
TOP/END_GND
TAPE_TOP

D901

CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
CAP_V
UHEHE VCC
HALL

20
21
22
23
24

26
27

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

CAP_U
N.C.
FG1
FG_VCC
FG_VCC
FG2
FG_GND
FG_GND

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

GND
ZM_RESET
ZM_RESET_VCC
BIAS+
HALL+
BIASHALLDRIVE+
DRIVE-

16

18
RF_IN/LANC_JACK_IN

19
GND

20
RF_MON

MR GND

SWP

MR GND

GND

17

FG2

JIG_TDO

16

MR Vcc

JIG_TDI

15

MR Vcc

TCK

14

25

13

FG1

TMS

(BLK)

NC

10/19 IN BLOCK

NC

12

19/19 CN BLOCK

NC

11

16/19 AU BLOCK

10

16

MF_VCC

15

19

NC

CAP_U

HV(-)

NC

18

GND

18

EVF_VG

CAP_U

11/19 IO BLOCK

HW(-)

17

NC

17

CAP_U

CN004

NC

16

T
LANC_SIG

16

VC-245 BOARD
1

VHE-

VCC1

15

LED1

15

LED2

WHE-

LED3

LED4

14

VCC2

14

GND

CAP_W

88

GND

13

CCD_GND
87

13

CCD_OUT
85

80

VVDD

CAP_W

CCD_GND
83

SIRCS_SIG

HE GND

MSUB
81

H_GND

12

H_GND
79

VSS

12

CCD_GND

H2
77

LCD_4.6V

CAP_W

86

CCD_GND

H1
75

HW(+)

84

-6.5V

RG
73

70

VST

11

82

12V

H_GND
71

H_GND

XF_TALLY_LED

11

78

V2
V1

VSHT
69

68

SIRCS_SIG

15

MF_A

14

CAP_W

76

V3

MT_GND
67

66

MT_4.8V

HV(+)

74

V4

XF_TALLY_LED
65

VCK2

10

72

MT4.8V

NS_LED_K
63

TALLY_LED_A

10

62
64

60

ZM_XA
MT_GND

ZM_XB
MT_GND
61

58

56

59

NS_VCC

HE_GND

ZM_B
57

54

52

14

GND

HU(+)

ZM_RESET_VCC
55

TEMP

MT_GND

13

MF_B

CLR

ZM_RESET
53

VCK1

MT_GND
51

50

48

EN

NS_LED_K

WHE+

FC_XB
49

46

44

FC_B

HE Vcc

FC_B
47

FC_RESET

FC_A

RGT

FC_RESET_VCC
45

12

FC_XB

10

HST

GND
43

42

40

38

11

HCK2

VHE+

ZM_A

BIAS+
41

12

HCK1

HU(-)

FC_A
FC_XA

BIAS39

13

BLK

GND
HALLHALL+

GND
37

TEMP

11

FC_RESET

FC_XA

GND

14

DRIVE+
DRIVE35

NS_VCC

10

ZM_B

GND

ZM_A

FC_RESET_VCC

ZM_XB

15

UHE+

GND

GND
33

32

ZM_XA

36

MF_B

MF_A
31

27P

16

34

MF_VCC
GND
29

MT_4.8V

CF-75 BOARD

30

PS_OUT
YS_OUT
27

LCD902

COM

28

A_2.8V

C_RESET
25

CN3351

13

27P

26

GND

XEVF_SW
23

D
8

CN2201

CN009

22

LED_DA
LCD_ON/OFF
21

8P

20

GND

LCD_4.6V
19

GND

18

17

24

16
GND
LCD_4.6V

15

14

VST
EVF_VCC

VCK
GND

13

CN2202

TOP Sensor

T/E Sensor GND

END Sensor

Reel Sensor S(+)

Reel Sensor S(-)

Reel Sensor HALL(-)

Reel Sensor T(-)

Reel Sensor T(+)

Reel Sensor COM

MIC DVV

MIC SDA

MIC SCK

STB
EN
11

12

10

18/19 DD-2 BLOCK

11

17/19 DD-1 BLOCK

8/19 MS-1 BLOCK

12

7/19 RF BLOCK

XRESET_SW

18

BATT_LI_3V

16

17

D_2.8V

17

16

15/19 HI BLOCK

CHIME_VDD

5/19 JC-1 BLOCK

CHIME_SDA

12

DWN

RGT
9

11

CHIME_SCK

MS_LED

REC.P SW

14/19 MC BLOCK

19

MIC/REC.P GND

13/19 MD BLOCK

4/19 CA BLOCK

LED A

12/19 VF BLOCK

3/19 CM BLOCK

BS

LED K

2/19 LD BLOCK

DIO

20

CIN SW

INS

21

MODE SW COM

MODE SW A

DEW(-)

DEW(+)

22

15

23

UL

UL

9/19 MS-2 BLOCK

SW_COM/SW_GND

DEW-

24

EJECT
18
6/19 JC-2 BLOCK

MODE_SW_C

DEW+

LM_UNLOAD

25

LM_UNLOAD

27P

1/19 CH BLOCK

LM_UNLOAD

26

27

LM_LOAD
LM_LOAD

CN008

10

HST

HCK2
7

88P

HCK1

CN3354

BLK

88P

CN001
COM

10

10

LM_UNLOAD

DRUM
MOTOR
3

M901
W

HP_L

LM_LOAD

GND

LM_LOAD

M
W

C COM

FG/PG COM

BACK LIGHT

L
DRUM_W 10

SP+

PC5/PC5E ONLY
2

CASE-GND

DRUM_W

SP-

11

VSS

DRUM_V

GND

10

(HEADPHONE)

BS

DRUM_V

MIC_L

9
GND

VCC
GND

DRUM_U

GND

8
S_Y_I/O

MIC_R

J4002
9

DI0
S VIDEO

DRUM_U

NC

7
S

INS

6
G
S_C_I/O

5
S
XS_JACK_IN

10

M COM

NC
HP_JACK_IN

11

FG

SLCK

4
J4001
12

G
Y

11P

CN4001

FG

VCC
HP_R

FG/PG COM

VSS

2
13

PG

14

10

15

PG

CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK(PS-30350)

10P

1
ZOOM

CN010

LITHIUM BATTERY
R

GND

RV4001
3

LENS-EVF
BLOCK

GND

10

START/STOP
D4002
(MS ACCESS)

GND

XPHOTO_STBY_SW
RESET

E(+)

2
S4006

SCLK

XCAM+STBY_SW
GND

XEVEN

VCC

23
39P

CN3353

E(-)

24

XS/S_SW

POWER_LED_VCC

6
DISPLAY
XPHOTO_STBY_SW

25

S4011
XCAM+STBY_SW

26

YEVEN

S4010
XVTR_MODE_SW

27

GND

1
XPOWER_LED
28

XVTR_MODE_SW

3
AF/MF
EJECT_SW

EJECT_SW

4
S4008
XS/S_SW

GND

FHOTO
5
8P
POWER_LED_VCC

29

O(+)

OFF
INFINITY
XPOWER_LED

30

CN4004
S4007
KEY_AD1

31

VTR
PHOTO REC

XODD

POWER
S4005
ZOOM_SW_AD

32

O(-)

8
SP+
D_2.8V

GND

G
PHOTO FREEZE
33

NC

1
S4004
34

SPPHOTO_FREEZE

35

(MIC L)
KEY_AD0

36

GND

2
+SLOW SHUTTER
37

MEMORY
STICK
CONNECTOR
3
S4003

J
MIC_L
CN002

GND

I
4
6P
KEY_AD1R

YODD

(POWER)
CN4003
GND

38

10P

CAMERA
GND
39

CN101

C
NS-12
BOARD

NC

SP901
SPEAKER
MIC_R

GND

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


(FK-30350)

(MIC R)
6

XSDL

K
10

MIC901

F
3

H
2

GND

YSDL

SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)


17

A
16P

BACK-LIGHT

6P

20P

EVF_VCO

(FOR CHECK)

CPC

(SEE PAGE
4-3)

TO FH(2/2)

CN901 3P
S901

REC PROOF

M902
CAPSTAM
MOTOR

FG

TAPE LED

DEW
SENSOR

FP-102

FLEXIBLE

O
J-100 MECHANISM

16

4-2

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)


2

10

11

12

13

14

BL-GND

BL-HIGH

BL-LOW

BACK-LIGHT
CN2104

PIEZO TRANS UNIT


CN005

CN2100

14P
PANEL_B

VC-245 BOARD

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

GND

REG_GND

LCD_2.8V

PANEL_2.8V

PANEL_13.5V

LCD_4.6V

PANEL_4.6V

XHI_SCK

XHI_SCK

XCS_LCD

XCS_PANEL

GND
DISP_XVD

10

10

11

11

12

12
13

XHD

PANEL_15.5V

14

14

PANEL_15.5V

CN2105

CPC
(FOR CHECK)

CN006

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

EXT_MIC_R

GND

L_IO

GND

GND

AV_JACK_IN

LANC_SIG

LANC_DC

GND

TPA-

GND

TPA+

CN003 60P

GND

PSIG

HSY

CN2101
1

TP_R

TP_L

TP_L

TP_BOT

N.C.

GND

5
6

4
5
6

8P

R_IO

GND

EXT_MIC_L

GND

IB

UNREG

UNREG

UNREG

UNREG

UNREG2

UNREG2

UNREG2

UNREG2

UNREG3

UNREG3

UNREG3

UNREG3

UNREG4

UNREG4

UNREG4

UNREG4

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

13

V_IO

GND

11

GND

LANC_GND/232C_TD

17

XLANC_JACK_IN

TPB+

15

TPB-

GND

60P
GND

CN3103

BT001
BATTERY
TERMINAL

S
J3103

J3102

(LANC)

KEY_AD2

UNREG

GND

GND

S3501
(PANEL OPEN)

S3601
(PANEL REVERSE)

DV IN/OUT
DV OUT

BJ-1 BOARD

(PC5/PC5E)
(PC4E)

CN3104

2P
GND

UNREG

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2)

4-3

LCD901

VVSSG/GSP

15

CS/GSPB

14

WIDE/GCKB

13

HST/GCK

12

REF/GPWCB

11

SOUT/GPWC

10

CRext/PCTLB

HCK2/PCTL

HCK1/GUD

PSIG/PVID

G/VG

R/VR

B/VB

RGT/SLR

TEST2/SMON1

CN2103

7P
N.C.(GND)

TP_TOP

TP_BOT

N.C.

TP_L

TP_R

N.C.

N.C.

CN3102
EXT MIC

LCD

16

TP_TOP

PO-5 BOARD

J3101

DIGITAL I/O
AUDIO/VIDEO

17

TP_BOT

PR-34 BOARD
I

18

HVDD/GVCC

5P

PD-126 BOARD

COM

KEY_AD3

TP_R

19

VSS/GND

VG

8P

TP_TOP

60

58

56

54

52

50

48

46

44

42

40

38

36

34

32

30

28

26

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

20

VVDD/SVDD

14P

XVD

13

21

DWN/SCKB

REG_GND

DISP_XHD

(SEE PAGE
4-2)

22

EN/SCK

HI_SO

TO FH(1/2)

23

VST/SSP
VCK/SSPB

PANEL_G

PANEL_R

HI_SO

24

COM/SMON2

PANEL_B

LCD_13.5V

24P
TEST1/COMCNT

4-4

TOUTH
PANEL

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS


THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)

(For printed wiring boards)


b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing.
(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.)
Through hole is omitted.
Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
There are few cases that the part printed on diagram
isnt mounted in this model.
Chip parts.
Transistor
Diode
C

65 4

45 6

12 3

32 1

32 1

Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measurement points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of
pattern box. They are reference values and reference waveforms. *
(VOM of DC 10 M input impedance is used.).
Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOM
used.) *
1. Connection

Pattern box
B

54 3

(For schematic diagrams)


All capacitors are in mF unless otherwise noted. pF : m mF. 50V
or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and tantalums.
Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.
kW=1000W, MW=1000kW.
Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Because it is damaged by the heat.
Some chip part will be indicated as follows.
Example
C541
L452
22U
10UH
TA A
2520

1.5 m

Front of the lens

Kinds of capacitor
Temperature characteristics
External dimensions (mm)
2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and
the Fig. b can be obtain.

Yellow

White
Magenta
Red
Blue

A=B

B A

Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red
Blue

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

A B

Cyan
Green

Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate


that they are not used.
In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.
All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
Signal name
XEDIT EDIT PB/XREC PB/REC
2 : non flammable resistor
1 : fusible resistor
C : panel designation
A : B+ Line *
B : B Line *
J
: IN/OUT direction of (+,) B LINE. *
C : adjustment for repair. *
Circled numbers refer to waveforms. *
* Indicated by the color red.

Electron beam
scanned frame
CRT picture frame

Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)


When indicating parts by reference number, pleas include
the board name.

4-5

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

CF-75 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD


Ref. No. CF-75 Board; 20,000 Series

For printed wiring board


Refer to page 4-82 for parts location.
CF-75 board consists of multiple layers. However, only
the sides (layers) A and B are shown.
Chip parts
Transistor
C

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.
CF-75
(CCD IMAGER)

PD-126
(LCD DRIVER)
PO-5
(PANEL OPEN)
PR-34
(PANEL REVERSE)
INVERTER
TRANSFORMER UNIT

CCD IMAGER
CF-75

4-7

4-8

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

4-9

4-10

CCD IMAGER
CF-75

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

NS-12 (REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD


Ref. No. NS-12 Board; 20,000 Series

For printed wiring board


Refer to page 4-82 for parts location.
NS-12 board consists of multiple layers. However, only
the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

NS-12
(REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.

VC-245
A/D CONVERTER, LENS DRIVER,
CAMERA SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV INTERFACE, REC/PB AMP,
PS CONTROL, JPEG, MS INTERFACE,
LINE IN/OUT, EVF/RGB,
DRUM CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE,
MECHA CONTROL, HI CONTROL,
AUDIO IN/OUT, DC/DC CONVERTER

BJ-1
(JACK, BATTERY)

REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER


NS-12

4-11

4-12

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

For Schematic Diagram


Refer to page 4-7 for CF-75 printed wiring board.
Refer to page 4-77 for CF-75 board waveforms.

10

11

12

13

14

15

CF-75 BOARD(1/2)
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE

CCD IMAGER(CD BLOCK)

-REF.NO.:10000 SERIESXX MARK:NO MOUNT

NS-12 BOARD
REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER

V1

V2

V3

V4

-REF.NO.:10000 SERIESNO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R12.2/P0

IC3201

11

10

9
R10.4/P0

R1.6/P0

R6.8/
P0

12
R1.4/P0

C3201
10u
10V
TA A

13
R-6.8/
P0.3

14

BLK

HCK1

HCK2

HST

RGT

DWN

10

STB

12

EN

CCD_OUT

11

EN

VCK

8
R9.6/P0

R8.8/P0

RG

H1

H2

SUB

C3208
0.1u
B
2012

L3201
100uH
2520

13

VCK

15

GND

17

LCD_4.6V

19

LCD_4.6V

21

LED_ON/OFF

23

XEVF_SW

VST

14

EVF_VCC

16

GND

18

GND

20

LED_DA

22

GND

24

LED_ON/OFF

NS_LED_K

GND

TALLY_LED_A

SIRCS_SIG

HCK1

XF_TALLY_LED

LCD_4.6V

HST

LCD_4.6V

XF_TALLY_LED

DWN

SIRCS_SIG

TALLY_LED_A

STB

GND

NS_LED_K

VST

GND

MT_4.8V

25

C_RESET

A_2.8V

26

27

YS_OUT

PS_OUT

28

C3206 C3203 C3204 C3205


XX
XX
22u
0.1u
CH
B
16V
F
TA B 1608

DRIVE-

BIAS-

FC_RESET_VCC

27P
ZM_XA

ZM_XB

ZM_A

ZM_B

NS_VCC

GND

TEMP

GND

7
8
9

11

FC_XB

12

FC_A

13

FC_B

14
15

GND

16

MF_A

17

MF_VCC

18

GND

19

ZM_RESET

ZM_XB

FC_B
FC_XB

ZM_A
ZM_B
NS_VCC

ZM_RESET
ZM_RESET_VCC
ZM_B

GND

COM

LED_DA

G
R
B

PS_OUT

BLK
HCK1

31

MF_A

MF_B

32

HCK2

33

GND

GND

34

HST

DRIVE+
35

DRIVE-

37

GND

DRIVE+

36

GND

38

RGT
HALL-

39

BIAS-

HALL-

40

41

BIAS+

HALL+

42

43

GND

GND

44

HALL+

45

FC_RESET_VCC

47

FC_B

FC_RESET

46

FC_A

48

DWN
EN
STB

FC_RESET
FC_A
49

FC_XB

51

MT_GND

53

ZM_RESET

VCK
VST

55

ZM_RESET_VCC

FC_XA

50

GND

52

TEMP

54

COM

D006
DCZ2805

TEMP

61

MT_GND

BLK
HCK1

LENS-EVF BLOCK is replaced as a block.


So that this PRINTED WIRING and
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM is omitted.

HCK2
HST
RGT
DWN

1 TO(2/2)

EN
STB
VCK
VST

NS_VCC

56

SIGNAL PATH

ZM_A

58

ZM_XA

60

GND

62

LED_ON/OFF
ZM_XA

63

NS_LED_K

MT4.8V

64

65

XF_TALLY_LED

MT4.8V

66

67

MT_GND

SIRCS_SIG

68

H_GND

70

V4

72

VIDEO SIGNAL

LED_ON/OFF
LED_DA

CHROMA

LED_DA
XEVF_SW

20

ZM_RESET_VCC

21

BIAS+

22

HALL+

23

BIAS-

24

HALL-

25

DRIVE+

26

DRIVE-

27

Y/CHROMA

REC
PB

A_2.8V
SUB
69

VSHT

71

H_GND

V4
RG

C_RESET

C_RESET

2 TO(2/2)

V3
73

RG

V3

74

75

H1

V2

76

77

H2

V1

78

79

H_GND

H_GND

80

H1

V2

H2
MF_A
MF_VCC

IC001
REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEIVER

LCD_4.6V

XEVF_SW

FC_A

MF_B

D005
DCZ2805

(NIGHT SHOT)

EVF_VCC

ZM_A

FC_RESET_VCC

FC_B

IC001
RS-70-TU

NS_VCC

ZM_XB

FC_XB

EVF_VCC
TEMP

ZM_B

FC_XA

FC_XA

59

ZM_XB

30
MF_B

57

FC_RESET

MF_VCC

4.6
GND

10

FC_XA

MF_B

ZM_XA

29

2.8
D003
TLSU1002(TPX1,SONY)
(TALLY)

EVF_VCC

C_RESET

MF_A

FC_RESET_VCC

LENS-EVF
BLOCK

GND

R3351
3300

MF_VCC

FC_RESET

MT_4.8V

XEVF_SW
CCD_OUT

R3201
3300

CN3351

RGT

BIAS+

CAM_12V

C3202
10p
CH
CAM_-6.5V

COM

YS_OUT

C3207
2200p
B

8P

1
88P

HCK2

CCD IMAGER

R12.2/P0

CN3354
COM

BLK

Q3201
2SC4178-F13F14-T1
BUFFER

V_HOLD

V_DRAIN

MSUB

7
GND

RG

H1

H2

SUB

Q3202
UN9213J-(K8).SO

IC3201

CN3353
R6.9/P0

VDD

R6.9/P0

R-0.2/P0

VL

4
V1

V3

ICX228BCK

3
V2

V4

R-0.2/P0

1
B

R-6.4/P0

R-6.4/P0

R3202
0

V1

MSUB

PS_OUT

PS_OUT

YS_OUT
YS_OUT
GND

CAM_12V
81

MSUB

CAM_12V

82

83

CCD_GND

CAM_-6.5V

84

ZM_RESET_VCC

85

CCD_OUT

CCD_GND

86

BIAS+

87

CCD_GND

CCD_GND

88

CAM_-6.5V
ZM_RESET

CCD_OUT

HALL+
BIASHALLDRIVE+
DRIVE-

16

4-13

TO VC-245 BOARD CN001

(SEE PAGE 4-54)

Precautions Upon Replacing CCD imager


The CF-75 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped with
a CCD imager.
When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the
old one and mount it onto the new one.
If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the
adjustments for the camera section.
As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from
its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.
In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts
nor exposed to strong light.

CCD IMAGER
CF-75 (1/2)

/ REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER


NS-12

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

For Schematic Diagram


Refer to page 4-7 for printed wiring board.

CF-75 BOARD(2/2)
C3452
22u
4V
TA P

HI1

HO1

Vref1

AM1

OUT1

PASS

1.4

LO1

GND

1.4

10

A_2.8V

PS_OUT

LIA1

C3453
22u
4V
TA P

C3466
0.1u
B
L3451
10uH

LIB1

0.7

C3465
22u
4V
TA P

R3459
1M

R3456
10k

C3463
10u B

C3455
0.1u
B

1.3

(PITCH SENSOR)

12

GND

R3458
15k

C3462
10u
B

0.9

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE

C3459
0.047u
B

R3453
22k

1.4

SE3450
R3452
22k

11

C3464
0.33u
B
2012

C3457
0.047u
B

1.4

-REF.NO.:10000 SERIESXX MARK:NO MOUNT

PITCH,YAW SENSOR
(SE BLOCK)

10

1.4

2 TO(1/2)

IC3451

VCC

C_RESET

IC3451
UPC6756GR-8JG-E2

19

20
2.8

18

17
1.3

1.3

16

1.3

15

AM2

Vref2

HO2

HI2
14
1.2

13
1.2

12
0.8

0.6

11

LO2

LIA2

LIB2

R1.2/P0.6
OUT2

PITCH,YAW
SENSOR AMP

C_RESET
YS_OUT
R3455
10k R3457
1M
C3460
10u B
3216

C3456
0.047u
B

R3451
22k

C3454
0.1u
B

(YAW SENSOR)

Q2203-2206
LED DRIVER

4.6

LCD_4.6V

R2207
8200

R2206
33k
R0/
P4.6

C2201
10u
6.3V

R4.4/
P0
R2201
470k

R0/
P1.9

C2203
0.047u

Q2202-2207
LED ON/OFF
SWITCH

R2205
8200
R2204
0

R2203
8200

R0/P2.5

LED_DA

R4.4/P0
Q2207
UN9213J-(K8).SO

CN2201

R2210
XX
R0/
P4.6

R0/P1.9

R0/
P1.3
R0/
P1.3

R2208
1500

R0/P0.6

LED_ON/OFF
R0/P2.8

R2209
5600

R2211
2200

R0/
P0.6

LED1

N.C.

N.C.

LED2

VCC2

6P

ND902
BACK-LIGHT

R2213
47

SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL

TH2201

S2201

1 TO(1/2)

CHROMA

(EVF ON/OFF)
CN2202

XEVF_SW
COM

16

COM

15

14

13

12

BLK

11

HCK1

HCK2

10

HCK2

HST

HST
RGT

G
R
B

BLK
HCK1

I
16

CF-75 (2/2)

R2212
47

VCC1

GND

R2214
33k

PITCH, YAW SENSOR

R0/
P1.3

Q2206
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)

Q2202
NDS356AP

C2202
0.1u

Q2203
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)

C3461
10u B
3216

C3458
0.047u
B

R3454
22k
R2202
XX

Q2205
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)

SE3451

Q2204
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)

R2215
100k
R2216
100k
R2217
100k
R2218
100k

RGT

DWN

DWN

EN

EN

STB

STB

VCK

VCK

VST

VST

GND

VSS

EVF_VCC

VDD

4-15

Y/CHROMA

REC

16P

PB

LCD902
LCD
UNIT

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

4-16

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

13

Schematic diagram and printed wiring board of the VC-245 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-17 to 4-58 are not shown.

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

PO-5 (PANEL OPEN), PR-34 (PANEL REVERSE) PRINTED WIRING BOARDS


Ref. No. PO-5, PR-34 Boards; 30,000 Series

PO-5 BOARD
LND351
A

S3501
(PANEL OPEN)

LND352
A

RP-34 BOARD

TO
VC-245 BOARD
CN006

LND361
A

S3601
(PANEL REVERSE)

LND362
A

16

For printed wiring board


PO-5 and PR-34 boards consists of multiple layers.
However, only the sides (layers) A and B are shown.

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.
CF-75
(CCD IMAGER)

PD-126
(LCD DRIVER)
PO-5
(PANEL OPEN)
PR-34
(PANEL REVERSE)
INVERTER
TRANSFORMER UNIT

PANEL OPEN
PO-5

/ PANEL REVERSE
PR-34

4-60

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

FP-100 (MODE SWITCH), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR), FP-102 (TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL) FLEXIBLE BOARDS

27

Ref. No. FP-100, 102, 228 Flexible Board; 7,000 Series

Q902
TAPE TOP
SENSOR

FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD


10

11

1-677-085D901
(TAPE LED)

S903
(CC DOWN)

S901
(REC PROOF)
CN901
Q901
TAPE END
SENSOR
H902
T REEL
SENSOR

H901
S REEL
SENSOR

FP-228
FLEXIBLE

M903
LOADING
MOTOR

DEW
SENSOR

LM_LOAD

LM_LOAD

LM_UNLOAD

LM_UNLOAD

DEW+

DEW-

MODE A

MODE B

MODE C
S902
MODE
SWITCH

SW_COM

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

MIC/REC_SW_GND

XREC_PROOF

CHIME_SCK

CHIME_SDA

CHIME_VDD

HALL_VCC

TREEL+

TREEL-

HALL_GND

SREEL-

SREEL+

TAPE_END

TOP/END_GND

TAPE_TOP

DEW
SENSOR

11
1-677-049-

9
10

FP-100
FLEXIBLE

CN901
4P

FP-102
FLEXIBLE

Vcc

H902
T REEL
SENSOR

S903
(CC DOWN)
D901
(TAPE LED)

27P

12

TAPE_LED_A

11

XMODE_SW_B

TAPE_LED_K

XMODE_SW_A

XCCDOWN_SW

DEW-

DEW+

10

LM_UNLOAD

SW_COM/SW_GND

LM_UNLOAD

XMODE_SW_C

1
LM_LOAD

LM_LOAD

TO VC-245 BOARD CN008

FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD

M903
LOADING
MOTOR

10

Vcc

H901
S REEL
SENSOR

FP-228
FLEXIBLE BOARD
Q902
TAPE TOP
SENSOR

S902
MODE SWITCH

Q901
TAPE END
SENSOR

S901
(REC PROOF)

16

4-61

MODE SWITCH, DEW SENSOR


FP-100, FP-228

/ TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL


FP-102

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350) PRINTED WIRING BOARD


Ref. No. Control switch block (FK-30350) Board; 50,000 Series

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350) (SIDE A)


S4007
FOCUS

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (FK-30350) (SIDE B)

S4004
PHOTO
(FREEZE)

T
S4010
BACK LIGHT

RV4001
ZOOM
W

S4008
INFINITY

S4005
PHOTO
(REC)

S4011
DISPLAY/TOUCH PANEL

39

S4003
SUPER NIGHTSHOT

CN4002

CN4003
1

6
CN4004

SP901
SPEAKER
MIC901

(L)
(R)

J4001
S VIDEO
C Y
S

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.
J4002
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK
(FK-30350)

S4006
RESET
+

11
BT 4001
(LITHIUM BATTERY)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


FK-30350

CN4001

4-63

4-64

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

10

SIGNAL PATH

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-30350)

VIDEO SIGNAL

-REF.NO.:50000 SERIES-

CHROMA

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO
SIGNAL

REC
PB

CN4003

SP901
SPEAKER

LND4002
6P
GND
SP+

FB4003

J4001

Y
S

S VIDEO

VDR4003

CN4002

GND

SP+

MIC-L

SP-

GND

GND

MIC-R

MIC_L

39P

(MIC L)

SP-

MIC901
(MIC R)

FB4004
VDR4004

VDR4005

J4002

3HPR
FB4001

4HPIN
2HPL
1GND

(HEADPHONE)

FB4002

R4008
0
VDR4001
VDR4002

D4002
TLSU1008(T05,SOY)
(ACCESS)

GND
LND4005

CN4001

GND

MIC_R

GND

YG-GND

S_Y_I/O

10

S_C_I/O

11

XS_JACK_IN

12

HP_JACK_IN

RESET

BT4001
(LITHIUM BATTERY)

PC5/PC5E ONLY

S4006

R4006
1k

11P

13

HP_R

14

HP_L

15

GND

16

XRESET_SW

17

BATT_LI_3V

18

POWER_LED_VCC

19

MS_LED

20

BS

(SEE PAGE
4-53)

CASE-GND

11

21

DI0

VSS

10

22

INS

BS

23

SCLK

VCC

24

VCC

DI0

25

VSS

NC

26

XPHOTO_STBY_SW

INS

27

XCAM+STBY_SW

NC

28

XVTR_MODE_SW

SLCK

29

XEJECT_SW

VCC

E
MEMORY
STICK
CONNECTOR

R4007
VSS

CONTROL SWITCH
BLOCK(FK-30350)

S4004

560

PHOTO
(FREEZE)

TO
VC-245 BOARD(19/19)
CN002

30

XS/S_SW

31

POWER_LED_VCC

32

XPOWER_LED

33

KEY_AD1

34

ZOOM_SW_AD

35

D_2.8V

36

PHOTO_FREEZE

37

KEY_AD0

POWER
VCR
LND4001
S4010

OFF
GND

38

KEY_AD1R

39

GND

BACK LIGHT
CAMERA
MEMORY

LND4003

PC5/PC5E ONLY
CN4004

GND
8P

S4005
GND

S4007

XPHOTO_STBY_SW

FOCUS

XVTR_MODE_SW

R4003
1200
1608

PHOTO
(REC)

LND4004

EJECT

XCAM+STBY_SW

XVTR_MODE_SW

XEJECT_SW

GND
RV4001
(ZOOM)

XPHOTO_STBY_SW
S4008

XS/S_SW

POWER_LED_VCC

XPOWER_LED

TELE

WIDE

XCAM_MODE_SW

INFINITY

R4002
1500
1608

R4001
3300
1608

S4003
SUPER NIGHTSHOT

START/STOP

16

R4005
1200

(POWER)
S4011
DISPLAY/TOUCH PANEL

4-65

4-66

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK


FK-30350

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

BJ-1 (JACK, BATTERY) PRINTED WIRING BOARD


Ref. No. BJ-1 Board; 30,000 Series

For printed wiring board


Refer to page 4-82 for parts location.
BJ-1 board consists of multiple layers. However, only
the sides (layers) A and B are shown.
Chip parts
Diode
3

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.
NS-12
(REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)

VC-245
A/D CONVERTER, LENS DRIVER,
CAMERA SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV SIGNAL PROCESSING,
DV INTERFACE, REC/PB AMP,
PS CONTROL, JPEG, MS INTERFACE,
LINE IN/OUT, EVF/RGB,
DRUM CAPSTAN MOTOR DRIVE,
MECHA CONTROL, HI CONTROL,
AUDIO IN/OUT, DC/DC CONVERTER

BJ-1
(JACK, BATTERY)

JACK, BATTERY
BJ-1

4-67

4-68

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

10

11

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE

BJ-1 BOARD
A

JACK,BATTERY
-REF.NO.: SERIESXX MARK:NO MOUNT

CN3102 4P

PC4E
DV OUT

TPA

NTPA

TPB

NTPB

DV IN/OUT

PC5/PC5E
CN3103
LND314
GND

(LANC)
DIGITAL I/O

R3103
0

GND
LANC_DC
JACK_IN
SIG
232C_TD
D3102
015AZ8.2-TPL3
1
2

C
1

R3102
0

R3101
0

R3105
0

3
2
5
1
4

D3103
015AZ8.2-TPL3
1
2

J3102

VDR319

3
2
D3101
MAZJ200D0LS0

LND315

FB3106
0uH

AUDIO/VIDEO

FB3105
0uH

FB3104
0uH

GND
L
V
BR
SW
R
NC

1
2
3
4
5
7
6

J3103

GND

R3111
0

VDR311

FB3101
0uH

1 GND
2 L
3 S

J3101
EXT MIC

VDR312

R3110
0

VDR313

FB3102
0uH

4 R

VDR316
1
2

VDR315

FB3103
0uH
C3101
0.001u
B

60P

GND

GND

TPB+

TPA+

TPB-

TPA-

GND

GND

XLANC_JACK_IN

LANC_DC

10

11

LANC_GND/232C_TD

LANC_SIG_JACK

12

13

GND

GND

14

15

V_IO

XAV_JACK_IN

16

17

GND

GND

18

19

R_IO

L_IO

20

21

GND

GND

22

23

EXT_MIC_L

EXT_MIC_R

24

25

GND

GND

26

27

IB

GND

28

29

UNEG

GND

30

31

UNEG

GND

32

33

UNEG

GND

34

35

UNEG

GND

36

37

UNEG2

GND

38

39

UNEG2

GND

40

41

UNEG2

GND

42

43

UNEG2

GND

44

45

UNEG3

GND

46

47

UNEG3

GND

48

49

UNEG3

GND

50

51

UNEG3

GND

52

53

UNEG4

GND

54

55

UNEG4

GND

56

57

UNEG4

GND

58

59

UNEG4

GND

60

TO VC-245 BOARD(19/19)
CN003

C3103
0.001u
B

(SEE PAGE 4-54)

LND316
GND
LND311

R3112
0

SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL

IB
PS3101
2A

LND312

CHROMA

ACV+

Y/CHROMA

AUDIO
SIGNAL

REC
PS3102
2A

BT001
BATTERY
TERMINAL

PB

PS3103
2A

H
TO
PD-126 BOARD
(1/2)
CN2101
7 8 PIN

PS3104
2A

CN3104
2P
UNREG

LND313

GND

GND

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

(SEE PAGE
4-73)

I
16

4-69

4-70

JACK, BATTERY
BJ-1

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

PD-126 (LCD DRIVE) PRINTED WIRING BOARD


Ref. No. PD-126 Board; 40,000 Series

For printed wiring board


Refer to page 4-82 for parts location.
PD-126 board consists of multiple layers. However, only
the sides (layers) A and B are shown.
Chip parts
Transistor
C

CF-75
(CCD IMAGER)

PD-126
(LCD DRIVER)
PO-5
(PANEL OPEN)
PR-34
(PANEL REVERSE)

65 4

INVERTER
TRANSFORMER UNIT

12 3

There are few cases that the part printed on this


diagram isnt mounted in this model.

LCD DRIVE
PD-126

4-71

4-72

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

For Schematic Diagram


Refer to page 4-77 for waveforms.

10

11

12

13

14

15

17

16

PD-126 BOARD(1/2)

SIGNAL PATH

LCD DRIVE

VIDEO SIGNAL
L2105
XX
2520

-REF.NO.:30000 SERIESXX MARK:NO MOUNT

XTG_SO

2.6

XCS_PANEL

2.9

TOUCH
PANEL
BLOCK

TP_R

TP_L

N.C.

TP_BOT

TP_TOP

N.C.

R2175 0

C2134
XX

40

VP

P_DC_DET

Vcc2

GND1

C2109
0.01u

1.8

C2110
0.01u

1.8

XP.SAVE
B_IN

VP

VB

VR

VG
R2137 10

24
23
19

R2136 10

Q2105
XX
VR

C2126
4.7u
3216

C2120
2.2u

Vcc3

G_IN

COM_OUT

R_IN

C2136
XX

1
2.8

COM_IN

2.8

0.8

0.8

0.8

0 1.4

1.4

10
1.4

11

1.6

D2103
XX
R2172
0

R2127
XX

C2121
XX
F

TG13

R2139

TG12

R2140

R2126
XX

D2104
RD3.3UM-T1B

XX

C2129

PANEL_4.6V
R2116
47k

R2176
0

PWM
TO(2/2)

R2141
R2142

TG10

R2128
XX

XX
XX

TG19

BL_ON

D2102
1T369-01-T8A

R2145

R2122
1M

DET

R2125
XX

L2102
10uH
2520

C2104
10u
6.3V
TA
P

C2117
100p
CH

R2178
100k

R2177
100k

R2146

R2180
100k
R2179
100k

C2105
0.1u

R2148
10k
7.3

XP.SAVE

XC.SAVE
SH4

SH3

39
40
41

25

VCK
EN

IC2103

FRP

DWN

TIMING GENERATOR
PFRP

WIDE

24

VST

PRG
SBLK

2.2

45
46

HCK2

SO

HCK1

SI

RGT

18

HST

XCS

17

XHI_SO

VDD

16

XTG_SO

2.6

15

2.9
44

XCS_PANEL

VDD

IC2103
CXD3505R-T4

19

2.5
XSCK

17

VSS

16

VDDG

15

VVSSG

14

CS

13

WIDE

12

HST

11

REF

10

SOUT

CRext

LCD901
2.5 INCH
COLOR LCD UNIT

HCK2

HCK1

PSIG

G
R

RGT

TEST2
CN2104

24P

6.8

VG

CN2105

5P

COM

GND

PSIG

HSY

CPC

6.2

C2138
XX
1608

(FOR CHECK)

TG23

2.8

TG43

TG22

0.8

TG47
1.9

TG21

1.2

TG20

2.7

TG19

1.6
0.1
0
0
2.8
0

R2135
XX

R2160
820k

R2154
XX

TG24

R2157
1M
R2149
XX

R2158
68k
Q2106
XX

Q2108
XX

C2127
0.1u

TG18
TG17
TG16

Note:Short is mounted to the location


where C2129 is printed.

TG15
TG14
TG13

1
2.6

2.6

3
2.7

4
2.8

8
0 2.2

9
1.8

10
1.0

11
2.8

TEST

TEST

TEST

PWM

LED

TESTI

GND

DETIN

BL

HD

2.8

13

NC

XVD

XWRT

0.1

HDO

47
XVD

2.8

POFF

14

2.6
VDO

VDD

R2129
0

XSTBY

OSCI

OSCO

RPD

26

23

PFRP

1.4

DWN

18

R2143
10k

22

1.4

43
4.5

27

2.8

21

FRP

R2166
10k

28

1.3

20

37
0

38

2.8

BLK

48

Q2112
XP4313-(TX).SO

29

1.3

2.7

30

2.8

XCLP

2.5

Q2112
LED ON/OFF SW,
BUFFER

31

1.4

XCSAVE

32

GND

33

2.8

TESTI

34

0.8

SHA

SHR

0.8

2.7

PRG

XHI_SCK

0.8
35

XCLR

C2132
XX

42

2.8
36

BGP

SH2

SH1

R2112
470k

6.8

6.2
2.8

D2101
MA111-TX

6.8

Q2111
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO

SHB

C2131
XX

Q2101
XP4601-TXE

SHG

R2113
0

EN

19

7.3
Q2103
XP4601-TXE

15.1

C2107 R2170
100k
0.1u
1608 2.8

20

15.1

6.8

VCK

4
TG15

C2111
560p
CH

LED_ON/OFF

XX

L2104
2.7uH

BL_LEV
R2118
22k

R2163 0

C2116
0.001u

R2119
68k

21

(Note)

TG16

R2124
100k

C2113
0.1u
2012

VST

Q2109
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO

R2117
68k

R2115
2700

SH4

SH3

SH1

UNREG_GND

SH2

COM

22

C2133 1u

TG17
UNREG

TEST1

23

TG18

R2123

R2150
XX

XX

TG20

C2122
XX
F

TG11

6.5

150k

TG21

C2137
XX

6.2

12

3.2

R2153

TG22

6.7

6.2

R2159

TG23

R2171
XX

14.4

C2128
0.1u

R2152
XX

24

17

VREF

D2105
XX

TG16

TG24

16

1.8

R2155
XX

XVP.SAVE

LPF_ADJ

R2134 10

FRP

PFRP

FRP

PFRP

BLK

PRG

GND2

1.7

TG15

C2119
2.2u

6.8

15

2.8

2.8

Q2102
UN9213J-(TX).SO

Q2107
XX

18

42
43

TRAP_ADJ

C2135
XX

1.7

14

XP.SAVE
C2108
0.01u

R2151
XX

R2147
0

VG

6.8

2.8

47
N.C.

R_DC_DET

IC2101
RB5P004AM1

XSH.SAVE

Vcc1

C2118
2.2u

1.7

13

R2174

7P

VR

VB

6.8

COM_DC

R2173

XCS

VCO

VG
G_DC_DET

OP_OUT

IC2101

SI

OP_IN-

UNREG
UNREG_GND

R2110
XX

44

VB
B_DC_DET

XSCK

C2124
0.01u

TG14

C_BG/N.C

R2162
0
C2125
0.01u

XC.SAVE

1.2

45

N.C.

R2169
0

46

R2168
0
C2101
22u
6.3V
TA
A

XX

C2123
3.3u
20V
TA A

2.8

C2106 XX

C2102
0.1u

C2103
0.01u
B

N.C.
TP_BOT

L2101
22uH
2520

25

R2144
470k
0

14.4
26

RGB DRIVE

48

CN2103

TP_TOP
TO
BJ-1 BOARD
CN3104

(SEE PAGE
4-69)

TP_L

R2109

(SEE PAGE
4-53)

TP_R

1.7
27

22

2.5
39

XHI_SCK

41

8P

6.8
28

2.8

PANEL_15.5V 14
CN2101

2.8
29

21

XC.SAVE
XHD

XHD 13

1.4

VP

30

Q2102,2104
SWITCH

Q2104
NDS356AP
15.1
15.1

20

XVD

XVD 12

TO
VC-245 BOARD
(19/19)
CN006

BGP

C2114
0.01u
R2111
470k

R2165
0

C2112
2.2u
2012

OP_IN+

REG_GND 11

XHI_SO

31

BIAS

XCS_PANEL

1.4

32

N.C

HI_SO 10

2.8

33

PRG

XCS_PANEL

XHI_SCK

34

SH_A

2.7
35

BLACK_IN

XHI_SCK

1.2
36

N.C

PANEL_4.6V

(SEE PAGE
4-39)

0.7

BGP

SH_B

PANEL_13.5V

SH_G

PANEL_2.8V

R2114
15k

EXT_DA

REG_GND
TO
VC-245 BOARD
(12/19)
CN005

C2130
0.01u

R_INJECT

SH_R

PANEL_R

PB

C2115
3.3u
20V
TA
A

1.2

PANEL_G

37

38

PANEL_B

Y/CHROMA

REC

R2161
XX

CN2100

CHROMA

L2103
10uH
2520

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R2138 100

18

12
TG12
TG11
TG10

XHD
TG47
TG43

M
16

4-73

4-74

LCD DRIVE
PD-126 (1/2)

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

For Schematic Diagram


Refer to page 4-71 for printed wiring board.

PD-126 BOARD(2/2)
A

LCD DRIVE
-REF.NO.:30000 SERIESXX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
Q2181,2182
SWITCH

L2181
4.7uH

LND281
DUMY_LND

UNREG

PANEL_UNREG

R2186
XX

L2182
100uH

LND282
4.5

PANEL_4.6V

4.5
VDD

R2181
4700
3.8
C2181
100u
6.3V
B
TA

C2182
0.1u
B

C2183
100u
6.3V
B
TA

C2184
0.1u
B

C2185
10u
10V
A

R2182
1k

C2186
0.1u

BL_HI

Q2182
2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)

ND901
BACK-LIGHT

INVERTER UNIT
2.7
Q2181
UN9214J-(K8).SO

BL_GND

LND283
TO(1/2)

UNREG_GND

UNREG_GND
BL_ON

BL_LOW
R2184
0

LND284

PWM

BL_PWM
Q2183
UN9112J-(K8).SO

R2185
XX

LND285

BL_LEV

DET
4.5

1.5

4.5
LED_ON/OFF

R2183
100

D2181
PG1111R-TR

Q2183
LED DRIVER

DET

E
16

LCD DRIVE
PD-126 (2/2)

4-75

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

4-76

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

4-3. WAVEFORMS

PD-126 BOARD (1/2)

CF-75 BOARD
CAMERA REC

REC/PB

1 IC2101 rh

1 IC3201 1

9 IC2103 rk

400mVp-p

7.7Vp-p
H

2.8Vp-p
V

2 IC2101 rj

2 IC3201 2

9.2Vp-p

400mVp-p

3 IC2101 rk

3 IC3201 3

7.8Vp-p

450mVp-p

4 IC2101 w;

4 IC3201 4

8.6Vp-p
7.4Vp-p

2H

5 IC2101 ws

5 IC3201 qd

20.8Vp-p
H

7.4Vp-p
2H

6 IC2101 wf

6 IC3201 qa, qs

7.4Vp-p

3.5Vp-p

2H

7 IC2103 1

7 IC3201 0

2.8Vp-p
3.2Vp-p

55.6 nsec

8 IC2103 wh

8 Q3201 E

1.0Vp-p
0.44 sec

3.0Vp-p
56 nsec

4-77

WAVEFORMS
CF-75, PD-126

Waveforms and parts location of the VC-245 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-78 to 4-81 are not shown.

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

4-4. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION


CF-75 BOARD (SIDE A)

NS-12 BOARD (SIDE A)

BJ-1 BOARD (SIDE A)

PD-126 BOARD (SIDE A)

C2201
C2202
C2203
C3201
C3202
C3203
C3205
C3206
C3207
C3208
C3454
C3455
C3456
C3457
C3458
C3459
C3460
C3461

D003
D005
D006

A-2
A-2
A-1

C3101
C3103

IC001

A-1

C2101
C2102
C2103
C2104
C2105
C2106
C2107
C2108
C2109
C2110
C2111
C2112
C2113
C2114
C2115
C2116
C2117
C2118
C2119
C2120
C2121
C2122
C2123
C2124
C2125
C2126
C2127
C2128
C2129
C2130
C2131
C2132
C2133
C2134
C2135
C2136
C2137
C2138
C2181
C2182
C2183
C2184
C2185
C2186

C-1
D-1
D-1
C-1
C-1
D-1
C-1
D-1
D-1
C-1
C-2
D-2
C-2
D-2
D-3
C-2
C-2
D-2
D-3
D-2
C-2
C-2
C-3
C-3
C-3
B-3
C-3
B-3
B-2
D-1
C-2
C-1
B-2
D-1
D-1
C-1
D-2
C-3
C-3
B-3
C-3
C-3
C-3
D-3

CN2100
CN2101
CN2103
CN2104
CN2105

C-1
B-1
B-3
B-2
D-3

D2101
D2102
D2103
D2104
D2105
D2181

C-1
C-2
B-2
B-2
B-3
A-3

B-4
B-4
B-4
C-6
C-7
C-7
C-7
C-7
C-6
A-4
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-4
E-4

CN2202 E-1
CN3351 A-4
CN3353 A-4
IC3201 D-6
IC3451 E-4
L3201

C-7

Q2202
Q2203
Q2204
Q2205
Q2206
Q2207
Q3201
Q3202

B-4
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
B-4
C-7
C-7

R2201
R2202
R2203
R2204
R2205
R2206
R2207
R2208
R2209
R2210
R2211
R2212
R2213
R2214
R2215
R2216
R2217
R2218
R3201
R3202
R3351
R3452
R3453
R3454
R3455
R3456
R3457
R3459

B-4
B-4
E-1
B-4
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-1
E-4
E-4
E-4
E-4
E-4
C-7
C-7
A-4
E-3
E-3
E-3
E-4
E-4
E-4
E-4

S2201

E-5

CF-75 BOARD (SIDE B)


C3204
C3452
C3453
C3462
C3463
C3464
C3465
C3466

C-9
E-12
E-12
E-12
E-12
E-12
E-12
E-12

CN3102 C-3
CN3103 B-6
CN3104 F-9
D3101
D3102
D3103

C-2
C-2
C-2

FB3101
FB3102
FB3103
FB3104
FB3105
FB3106

A-2
A-2
A-2
B-2
B-2
B-2

J3101
J3102
J3103

G-2
E-2
F-2

PS3101
PS3102
PS3103
PS3104

E-9
E-9
E-9
E-9

R3101
R3102
R3103
R3105
R3110
R3111
R3112

B-1
C-2
B-2
C-2
B-1
B-2
A-2

VDR311
VDR312
VDR313
VDR315
VDR316
VDR319

B-2
B-2
B-2
A-2
A-2
C-2

CN2201 E-15
CN3354 B-10
L3451

E-12

R3451
R3458

E-12
E-12

SE3450 E-12
SE3451 E-12

IC2101 D-2
IC2103 B-2

TH2201 E-15

PARTS LOCATION
CF-75, NS-12, BJ-1, PD-126

A-2
A-2

4-82E

L2101
L2102
L2103
L2104
L2105
L2181
L2182

C-1
C-1
D-2
C-2
B-1
C-3
C-3

Q2101
Q2102
Q2103
Q2104
Q2105
Q2106
Q2107

D-3
C-3
C-3
C-3
C-2
B-2
B-1

Q2108
Q2109
Q2111
Q2112
Q2181
Q2182
Q2183

B-1
B-3
C-2
B-3
C-3
D-3
B-3

R2109
R2110
R2111
R2112
R2113
R2114
R2115
R2116
R2117
R2118
R2119
R2122
R2123
R2124
R2125
R2126
R2127
R2128
R2129
R2134
R2135
R2136
R2137
R2138
R2139
R2140
R2141
R2142
R2144
R2145
R2146
R2147
R2148
R2149
R2150
R2151
R2152
R2153
R2154
R2155
R2157
R2158
R2159
R2160
R2161
R2162
R2163
R2165
R2166
R2168
R2169
R2170
R2171
R2172
R2173
R2174
R2175
R2176
R2177
R2178
R2179
R2180
R2181
R2182
R2183
R2184
R2185
R2186

D-1
D-1
D-1
C-1
B-1
D-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-2
C-3
C-2
C-2
C-3
D-3
C-3
C-2
C-3
C-2
C-2
C-3
C-3
B-2
B-2
B-2
B-2
C-3
C-3
B-1
C-3
C-3
B-2
B-3
C-2
B-3
B-3
B-3
A-3
B-3
C-3
B-3
B-3
B-3
B-2
C-2
B-3
B-3
D-1
D-1
C-2
D-3
B-3
D-1
D-1
C-1
C-2
B-3
C-2
C-2
C-2
D-3
D-3
A-4
B-2
D-2
D-3

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENTS
1.

Before starting adjustment


EVR Data Re-writing Procedure When Replacing Board
The data that is stored in the repair board, is not necessarily correct.
Perform either procedure 1 or procedure 2 or procedure 3 when replacing board.

Procedure 1
Save the EVR data of the machine in which a board is going to be replaced. Download the saved data after a board
is replaced.
(Machine before starting repair)

PC

PC

(Machine after a board is replaced)

Download the saved


data to a machine.

Save the EVR data


to a personal computer.

Procedure 2
Remove the EEPROM from the board of the machine that is going to be repaired. Install the removed EEPROM
to the replaced board.
Remove the EEPROM and install it.

(Former board)

(New board)

Procedure 3
When the data cannot be saved due to defective EEPROM, or when the EEPROM cannot be removed or
installed, save the data from the same model of the same destination, and download it.
(Machine to be repaired)

PC

(Machine to be repaired)

Download the data.


Save the data.

(The same model of the same destination)

After the EVR data is saved and downloaded, check the


respective items of the EVR data.
(Refer to page 5-3 for the items to be checked.)

5-1

1-1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.


Adjusting items when replacing main parts
When replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Note1: When replacing the drum assy. or the mechanism deck, reset the data of page: 2, address: A2 to A4 to 00. (Refer to Record of Use check of 54. SERVICE MODE)
Replaced parts

IC101 (EQ, A/D CONV., PLL)

IC102 (REC/PB AMP)

VC-245 board

VC-245 board

IC1301 (LINE IN/OUT AMP)

IC301 (DV signal process)


VC-245 board

IC751 (Camera process, EVR)

VC-245 board

IC204 (Lens pre-driver)

VC-245 board

IC701 (CDS, AGC, A/D conv.)


VC-245 board

VC-245 board

IC3201 (CCD imager)


CF-75 board

IC702, X701 (Timing generator)

IC1803 (Timing generator (EVF))


VC-245 board

VC-245 board

IC2103 (Timing generator (LCD))

IC1802 (RGB driver (EVF))


VC-245 board

PD-126 board

PD-126 board

SE3450/3451 (PITCH/YAW sensor)

IC2101 (RGB driver (LCD))

CF-75 board

Mechanism deck M902 (Capstan motor)

Mechanism deck M901 (Drum assy) Note1

(FK-30350)

Touch panel
LCD block

Parts replacement

Control switch board

ND901 (Fluorescent tube (LCD))

Inverter unit (LCD)


LCD block

LCD901 (LCD panel (LCD))

LCD block

Initialization of B page data *1

LCD block

Initialization of C, D, 8 page data

of B, C, D, E,

Color EVF block LED902 (Back light LED (EVF))

Initialization

Mechanism deck Note1

Adjustment

Lens device

Adjustment
Section

Color EVF block LCD902 (LCD panel (EVF))

Block replacement

F, 7, 8 page data Initialization of E, F, 7 page data


z

36MHz origin oscillation adj.

Camera

HALL adj.

Flange back adj.

Optical axis adj.

MAX GAIN adj.

AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

z
z

Steady shot check

VCO adj.
z

Bright adj.
Contrast adj.
z z

White balance adj.


Bright adj.

Black limit adj.

Contrast adj.

Servo, RF

Video

V-COM adj.

White balance adj.

z z z

Serial No. input


z

Touch panel adj.


CAP FG duty adj.

PLL fo & LPF fo adj.

Switching position adj.

AGC center level adj.

APC & AEQ adj.

z
z z
z z
z z

Chroma BPF fo adj.

S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.

z z
z z

S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj.


Mechanism

Center level adj.

System control

z
z

VCO adj.

LCD

z z

Color reproduction adj.

Mechanical shutter adj.

Color EVF

Zoom key center adj.

Tape path adj.

z z

Table. 5-1-1(1).

5-2

Adjusting items when replacing a board or EEPROM


When replacing a board or EEPROM, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
*1: DCR-PC5/PC5E model only

Initialization of C, D, 8 page data

of B, C, D, E,

Initialization of B page data *1

Color EVF

LCD

System control

Servo, RF

Video
Mechanism

z
z

36MHz origin oscillation adj.

Zoom key center adj.

HALL adj.

Flange back adj.

Optical axis adj.

Color reproduction adj.

MAX GAIN adj.

AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

Mechanical shutter adj.

Steady shot check

z z

VCO adj.

Bright adj.

Contrast adj.

White balance adj.

VCO adj.

Bright adj.

Black limit adj.

Contrast adj.

Center level adj.

V-COM adj.

White balance adj.

Serial No. input

Touch panel adj.

CAP FG duty adj.

PLL fo & LPF fo adj.

Switching position adj.

AGC center level adj.

APC & AEQ adj.

Chroma BPF fo adj.

S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.

S VIDEO OUT Cr, Cb level adj.

F, 7, 8 page data Initialization of E, F, 7 page data

Camera

IC502 (EEPROM)

Initialization

IC1407 (Flash memory) *1

VC-245 board

Adjustment

VC-245 board

(COMPLETE)

IC801 (EEPROM)

PD-126 board

Adjustment
Section

VC-245 board

(COMPLETE)

(COMPLETE)

VC-245 board

CF-75 board

Board
replacement

Tape path adj.

Table. 5-1-1(2).

5-3

5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT


1-1.

PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)

1-1-1. List of Service Tools


Oscilloscope
Regulated power supply
Ref. No.

Color monitor
Digital voltmeter

Name

Vectorscope
Parts Code

Usage

ND filter 1.0

Auto white balance adjustment/check


White balance adjustment/check
J-6080-808-A White balance check

J-2

ND filter 0.4
ND filter 0.1

J-6080-806-A White balance check


J-6080-807-A White balance check

J-3
J-4

Pattern box PTB-450


Color chart for pattern box

J-6082-200-A
J-6020-250-A

J-1

Filter for color temperature correction (C14)

J-6080-058-A

J-6

Adjustment remote commander (RM-95 upgraded).


J-6082-053-B
(Note 1)
Siemens star chart
J-6080-875-A For checking the flange back

J-7

Clear chart for pattern box

J-6080-621-A

J-8

CPC-6 flexible jig (Note 2)

J-6082-370-B

J-9

CPC-6 terminal board jig

J-6082-371-A

J-10

Mini pattern box

For adjusting the video section


For adjusting the color viewfinder
J-6082-353-B For adjusting the flange back

J-11

Camera table

J-6082-384-A For adjusting the flange back

J-5

Note 1: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is


not the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pages
cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro
processor (8-759-148-35).

For adjusting the video section


For adjusting the color viewfinder

Note 2: When using the old CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-A), open the
cabinet (R) assembly.

J-1

J-2

J-3

J-4

J-5

J-6

J-7

J-8

J-9

J-10

J-11

Fig. 5-1-1.

5-4

1-1-2.

Preparations

Note 1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to 2.
DISASSEMBLY.
Note 2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards
need not be disassembled.

1)

Pattern box

Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-2.

Note 3: As removing the control switch block (FK-30350)(removing the


VC-245 board CN002) means removing the lithium 3V power
supply (BT4001), data such as date, time, user-set menus will be
lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. If the cabinet
(R) has been removed, the self-diagnosis data, data on history of
use (total drum rotation time etc. ) will be lost. Before removing,
note down the self-diagnosis data (data of page:2, address: B0 to
C6) and the data on history use (data of page: 2, address: A2 to
AA). (Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION for the selfdiagnosis data, and to 5-4.Service Mode for the data on the
history use.)

1.5 m

Front of the lens

Note 4: Setting the Forced Camera Power ON Mode


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned
on with the control switch block (FK-30350) removed. After
completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Camera Power
ON Mode.

Fig. 5-1-2.

Note 5: Exiting the Forced Camera Power ON Mode


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

5-5

Cabinet (R)

Must be connected when


performing the LCD system
adjustments.

PO-5 board

CPC-6 terminal board jig


(J-6082-371-A)

Lens block

CN3351

View finder

CF-75
board

CN3353

CN002

CN3354

NS-12
board
CN009

CN001

CN004

CPC-6 flexible jig


(J-6082-370-B)

CN005

Adjustment remote
commander

VC-245 board
CN006

CN003

Must be connected when performing


the video or EVF system adjustments.
Must be connected.

J310

AUDIO/VIDEO
jack

LANC jack

J3101

CN3103

Battery terminal

J3102
CN3102

BJ-1 board
CN3104

VIDEO
(Yellow)

Terminated at 75

AUDIO Left
(White)
AUDIO Right
(Red)

Color monitor

Vector scope

AC power adaptor
AC-VF10 or
AC-VQ11

Fig. 5-1-3.

5-6

1-1-3. Precaution
1. Setting the Switch
Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform adjustments without loading cassette.
1.
2.
3.

POWER (Control switch block) ............................ CAMERA


NIGHT SHOT (Lens block) ............................................ OFF
FUNCTION settings of the touch panel
DIGITAL EFFECT ..................................................... OFF
EXPOSURE ................................................................ OFF
MANUAL SET of the MENU settings
PROGRAM AE ................................................ AUTO
PICTURE EFFECT .............................................. OFF
WHITE BALANCE .......................................... AUTO

CAMERA SET of the MENU settings


DIGITAL ZOOM .................................................. OFF
16:9 WIDE ............................................................ OFF
STEADY SHOT ................................................... OFF
SETUP MENU of the MENU settings
DEMO MODE ...................................................... OFF
FOCUS (FK-30350 block) .......................................... Manual
BACK LIGHT (FK-30350 block) .................................... OFF

4.
5.

2. Order of Adjustments
Basically carry out adjustments in the order given.

Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame )

Electronic beam scanning frame

A B

A=B

C=D

D
Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red
Blue

Blue

Yellow
Cyan
Green
White
Magenta
Red

CRT picture frame

B A

Fig. b (TV monitor picture)

Enlargement

Fig. a
(Video output terminal
output waveform)

Difference in level

Adjust the camera zoom and direction to


obtain the output waveform shown in Fig. a
and the TV monitor display shown in Fig. b.

Fig.5-1-4.
3. Subjects
1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust
the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Color reproduction
adjustment frame)
2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a
clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during
this time.)
3) Flange back adjustment chart
Make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5 using A0 size (1189mm
841mm) black and white vellum paper.

White
841mm
Black

1189mm

Fig. 5-1-5.
Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges of
the black and white paper joined together are not rough.

5-7

1-2.

INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 PAGE
DATA

1-2-1.

Processing after Completing Modification of C, D, 8 Page data


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
2

INITIALIZATION OF C, D, 8 PAGE DATA

2
2

00
01

1. Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data


Note:

Note1: If Initializing the C, D, 8 Page Data is performed, all data of the


C page, D page and 8 page will be initialized. (It is impossible to
initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, the following
adjustments need to be performed again.
1) Modification of C, D, 8 page data
2) Serial No. input
3) Servo and RF system adjustments
4) Video system adjustments
5) Color viewfinder system adjustments
6) LCD system Adjustments

29
29

Set the data


Set the data, and press the
PAUSE button.

If the following symptoms occur after completing of the


Modification of C, D, 8 page data, check that the data of the
Fixed data-2 addresses of D page are same as those of the same
model of the same destination.
1) The battery end mark on the LCD or viewfinder screen is
flashing.
2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.

3. C Page Table

Adjusting page

Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the C, D, 8


Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of C, D, 8
Page Data.)

Adjusting Address
Adjusting page

10 to FF
D

Address

Adjusting Address
Adjusting page

10 to FF
8

Adjusting Address

00 to FF

Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data

Procedure

1
2

0
3

01
81

01

Set the data


Check that the data is 00.

80

0A

Set the data, and press the


PAUSE button.

80

00 to 0F
10
11
12
13
14 to 15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23 to 24
25
26
27
28
29
2A to 2B
2C
2D to 3F
40
41
42
43 to 48
49
4A
4B to 4C
4D
4E to 4F
50
51

Check that the data changes to


1A
Perform Modification of C, D,
8 Page Data.

2. Modification of C, D, 8 Page Data


If the C, D, 8 page data has been initialized, change the data of the
Fixed data-2 address shown in the following tables by manual
input.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.

3)

4)

When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the


adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.

5-8

Initial value
EE
00
00
00
E0
2A
2A
32
32
25
3E
3E
D5
99
88
E3
A1
04
20
03

Remark
Switching position adj.

Fixed data-1
Cap FG duty adj.
Fixed data-2
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AEQ adj.
Fixed data-1
AGC center level adj.
PLL fo adj.
APC adj.
LPF fo adj.
Fixed data-1
S VIDEO out Y level adj.
S VIDEO out Cr level adj.
S VIDEO out Cb level adj.
Chroma BPF fo adj.
PLL fo fine adj.
Fixed data-1
APC adj.
Fixed data-1(Initialized data)
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1(Initialized data)
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2

Address
52 to 63
64
65 to 85
86
87
88
89
8A to 9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1 to A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9 to AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA
BB to C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8 to CB
CC
CD to D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
DA
DB
DC
DD

Initial value

Remark

Address
DE to E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
ED
EE
EF
F0 to F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
FF

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2

Initial value

08
00
46
01
01
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00

Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Serial No. input

Fixed data-1
Emergency memory address

Table. 5-1-2.

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

5-9

4. D Page Table
Address Initial value
NTSC PAL
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E to 60
61
62 to 63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B to 8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
3B 58 [4B]
93
58 3B [20]
94
95
8F
8F
96
97
80
80
98
80
80
99
38
38
9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
5C
7E
A3
7E
5C
A4
A2
A2
A5
B0
B0
A6
08
08
A7
A8
90
90
A9
6F
6F
AA
2D
2D
AB
2D
2D
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3

Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the C, D, 8


Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of C, D, 8
Page Data.)

Address Initial value


NTSC PAL
00 to 0F
10
00
00
11 to 12
13
14
15 to 19
1A
1B to 1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31 to 32
33
34 to 41
42
43
44
45
46 to 47
48
49
4A to 4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

Remark

Test mode
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1

5-10

Remark
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
VCO adj. (EVF)
[ ] : DCR-PC4E
Fixed data-2
Bright adj.(EVF)
Fixed data-2
White balance adj. (EVF)
Contrast adj. (EVF)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

VCO adj. (LCD)


V-COM adj. (LCD)
Bright adj. (LCD)
Black limit adj. (LCD)
Fixed data-2
White balance adj. (LCD)
Contrast adj. (LCD)
Center level adj. (LCD)
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1

5. 8 Page Table
Address Initial value
NTSC PAL
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA
BB to C1
C2
C3 to C5
C6
C7
C8
C9 to CB
CC
CD to D0
D1
D2 to D5
D6
D7
D8 to D9
DA
DB
DC
DD
DE to DF
E0
D0
D0
E1
26
26
E2
CE
CE
E3
1E
1E
E4 to FF

Remark

Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the C, D, 8


Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of C, D, 8
Page Data.)

Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1

Address

Remark

00 to 52
53
54 to 59
5A
5B

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)
5C to 98 Fixed data-1
99
Fixed data-2
9A to A7 Fixed data-1
A8
Fixed data-2
A9 to FF Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2

Table. 5-1-4.

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)
Fixed data-1
Touch panel adj.

Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-3.

5-11

1-2-2.

INITIALIZATION OF B PAGE DATA


(DCR-PC5/PC5E)

Processing after Completing Modification of B Page data:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure

Note: When reading the B page data, insert a Memory Stick into the
Memory Stick slot.

1
2

Switch setting:
POWER ................................................................. MEMORY

Note: If the B page data has been initialized, the following adjustments
need to be performed again.
1) Modification of B page data

Adjusting Address

00 to FF

Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data

00 to 13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A to 4F
50
51 to 53
54
55 to 6F
70
71 to FF

Procedure

0
2

01
8F

01
02

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

8F

03

8F

02

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

8F

00

0E

00

01

F3

00

01

0E

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
01.

2. Modification of B Page Data


If the B page data has been initialized, change the data of the Fixed
data-2 address shown in the following tables by manual input.

8F

02

8F

03

8F

02

8F

00

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.

3)

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in the same
model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-5.

Perform Modification of B
Page Data.

Preparations:
Order Page Address Data

29
29

Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the B Page


Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of B Page
Data.)

Address

1
2

10

00
01

3. B Page Table

1. Initializing the B Page Data

Adjusting page

2
2

When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the


adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

5-12

1-2-3.

INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 7 PAGE DATA

3. F Page Table
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 7
Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 7
Page Data.)

1. Initializing the E, F, 7 Page Data


Note1: If Initializing the E, F, 7 Page Data is performed, all data of the
E page, F page and 7 page will be initialized. (It is impossible to
initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the E, F, 7 page data has been initialized, following adjustments
need to be performed again.
1) Modification of E, F, 7 page data
2) Camera system adjustments
3) IR transmitter adjustments

Adjusting page

Adjusting Address
Adjusting page

10 to FF
E

Adjusting Address
Adjusting page

00 to FF
7

Adjusting Address

00 to 59

Address Initial value


NTSC PAL
00 to 0F
10 to 11
12
80
80
13
80
80
14 to 16
17
81
81
18
A0
A0
19
17
17
1A to 1C
1D
9A
9A
1E
80
80
1F
7A
7A
20 to 30
30
90
90
31
3E
3E
32
43
43
33
59
59
34
35
22
22
36
37
27
24
38 to 3B
3C
00
00
3D
F1
EF
3E to 3F
40
80
80
41
40
40
42 to 49
4A
51
51
4B
19
19
4C
22
22
4D
20
20
4E
93
93
4F
13
13
50
00
00
51
00
00
52 to 59
5A
46
46
5B
00
00
5C
19
19
5D
00
00
5E
2A
2A
5F
00
00
60 to 65
66
67
68
69
00
00
6A to 6F
70
C4
C4

Switch setting:
POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
Initializing Method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2

0
6

01
01

03

02

01

01

Procedure
Set the data.
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
2D: DCR-PC5 (NTSC)
2F: DCR-PC4E/PC5E (PAL)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
01.
Perform Modification of E, F, 7
Page Data.

2. Modification of E, F, 7 Page Data


If the E, F, 7 page data has been initialized, change the data of the
Fixed data-2 address shown in the following table by manual input.
Modifying Method:
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
data: 01.
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may
not operate.

3)

4)

When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the


adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.

Processing after Completing Modification of E, F, 7 Page data


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2) Turn off the power and turn on again.

5-13

Remark

Fixed data-1
36MHz origin osc adj.
Zoom key center adj.
Fixed data-1
HALL adj.

Fixed data-1
Max gain adj.
AWB & LV standard data input
Fixed data-1
AWB & LV standard data input

Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Color reproduction adj.
Fixed data-1
Auto white balance adj.
Fixed data-1
Flange back adj.

Fixed data-1
Flange back adj.

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Optical axis adj.
Fixed data-1
Mechanical shutter adj.

4. E Page Table
Address Initial value
NTSC PAL
71
0E
0E
72
75
75
73
0C
0C
74
26
26
75
0B
0B
76
35
35
77
0A
0A
78
6E
6E
79
09
09
7A
A5
A5
7B
61
61
7C
A1
A1
7D
79
79
7E
64
64
7F
81
81
80
82
82
81
84
84
82
B5
B5
83
7B
7B
84
20
20
85 to 8D
8E
8F
90 to 9E
9F
A0 to AF
B0
B1
B2 to B3
B4
B5 to D0
D1
D2 to D4
D5
D6 to DC
DD
DE to FF

Remark

Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 7


Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 7
Page Data.)

Mechanical shutter adj.

Address Initial value


NTSC PAL
00 to 64
65
66 to 69
6A
6B to 71
72
73
74 to 7E
7F
80 to 83
84
85
86
87
88 to 8B
8C
8D to 8E
8F
90
91
92 to 94
95
96 to 97
98
99 to AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8 to CE
CF
D0
26
24
D1 to DD
DE
5F
71
DF to FF

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-6.

Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Optical axis adj.
Fixed data-1
Optical axis adj.
Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-7.

5-14

5. 7 Page Table
Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to 1. Initializing the E, F, 7
Page Data.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to 2. Modification of E, F, 7
Page Data.)

Address Initial value


NTSC PAL
00 to 1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21 to 22
23
24
25
26
27 to 3C
3D
3E to 51
52
53
54 to 59

7C
7F
7C
7B

7C
7F
7C
7B

Remark
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
(Modified data. Copy the data built in
the same model.)

Fixed data-1
(Initialized data)
Mechanical shutter adj.

Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2
Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-8.

5-15

1-3.

CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

Before perform the camera system adjustments, check that the


specified values of VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT are
satisfied.
Note: NTSC model: DCR-PC5
PAL model: DCR-PC4E/PC5E

2. Zoom Key Center Adjustment

1. 36MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment


(VC-245 board)
Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization.
If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color will
become inconsistent.
Subject
Not required

Set the A/D value center of the microprocessor to the center voltage
of the zoom key.
If deviated, the zoom lens operates of itself ,even if the zoom key is
the center position.

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Pin qs of IC702
Frequency counter

Subject
Measurement Point

Not required
Display data of page: 6, address: 50

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
12

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment remote commander


F

Specified Value

Pin qs of IC702:
f=18000000 90Hz

Adjustment Address

13

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2

0
F

01
12

3
4

F
0

12
01

01

00

24

Note: Dont touch the zoom lever during adjustment.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data

Procedure
Set the data.
Change the data and set the
frequency (f) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data.

13
12

25
36

1
37

48

IC702

VC-245 board (SIDE B)

Fig. 5-1-6.

5-16

Procedure

1
2

0
6

01
50

01

Set the data.


Read the data, and this data is
named D50.

13

D50

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.

3. HALL Adjustment
For detecting the position of the lens iris, adjust AMP gain and
offset.
Subject
Not required
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Display data of page 1 (Note1)


Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
17, 18, 19

Specified Value 1
Specified Value 2

15 to 19
88 to 8C

Note1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.


1 : XX : XX
IRIS display data

Switch setting:
POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2
3

6
6

94
95

17
8A

Set the data.


Set the data.

01

6D

02

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data changes to
01. (Note2)

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.

Note2: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:


17, 18, 19.

Checking method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
6
04
03 Set the data.
2

01

01

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the IRIS display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value 1.

01

03

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the IRIS display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value.2.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
6
94
00 Set the data.
2
3

6
6

95
01

00
00

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

4
5

6
0

04
01

00
00

Set the data.


Set the data.

5-17

4. Flange Back Adjustment


(Using Minipattern Box)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
Subject
Siemens star chart with ND filter for
the minipattern box (Note1)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Display data of page: F, address: 5F


Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F

Specified Value

Upper digit: 0 to B
Lower digit: 0 to 9

Note1: Dark Siemens star chart.


Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
Preparations:
1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following
figure.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Note: The attachment lenses are not used.

Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it and


the front of the lens of the camcorder is less than 3cm.
Make the height of the minipattern box and the camcorder equal.
Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is
the specified voltage.
Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,
the center of the Siemens star chart and center of the exposure
screen coincide.

01

13

01

27

02

5F

Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to the


minipattern box, so adjust the power supply
output voltage to the specified voltage written
on the sheet which is supplied with the
minipattern box.

5F

2)
3)
4)
5)

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button. (Note3)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
01. (Note4)
Check that the upper digit of the
data is 0 to B.
Check that the lower digit of the
data is 0 to 9.

Note3: Dont touch the zoom lever. If you touch the zoom lever, the zoom
center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which isnt
correct.
Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F.

Below 3 cm
Minipattern box

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure

Camcorder
Camera
table
Regulated power supply
Output voltage : Specified voltage 0.01Vdc
Output current : more than 3.5A

01

00

01

00

Red (+)
Black ()
Yellow (SENS +)
White (SENS )

Need not connected

Black (GND)

Fig. 5-1-7.

5-18

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.
Perform Flange Back Check.

5. Flange Back Adjustment


(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and Subject
More Than 500m Away)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
5-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1)
Subject
Flange back adjustment chart
(2.0 m from the front of the protection
glass)
(Luminance: 350 30 lux)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Display data of page: F, address: 5F


Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F

Specified Value

Upper digit: 0 to B
Lower digit: 0 to 9

5-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)


Perform this adjustment after performing Flange Back Adjustment
(1).
Subject
Subject more than 500m away
(Subjects with clear contrast such as
buildings, etc.)

0
6

01
01

01
13

01

15

02

5F

5F

Procedure
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note2)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2

Check that the data changes to


01. (Note3)
Check that the upper digit is 0
to B.
Check that the lower digit is 0
to 9.

01

00

0
6

01
01

01

02

01
13

29

Procedure
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button. (Note2)
Place a ND filter on the lens so
that the optimum image is
obtain.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
01. (Note3)

Note2: Dont touch the zoom lever. If you touch the zoom lever, the zoom
center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which isnt
correct.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
6

F
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F

Preparations:
1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is
more than 500m away (subject with clear contrast such as
building, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500m away should
not be in the screen.)

Note2: Dont touch the zoom lever. If you touch the zoom lever, the zoom
center adjustment data will be rewritten in the value which isnt
correct.
Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:
13, 4A to 51, 5A to 5F.

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

1
2

Check operation on TV monitor

Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Note1: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Perform Flange Back
Adjustment (2)

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1

01

00

01

00

5-19

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.
Perform Flange Back Check.

6. Flange Back Check


Subject
Siemens star
(2.0m from the front of the lens)
(Luminance : approx. 200 lux)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Check operation on TV monitor

Specified Value

Focused at the TELE end and WIDE


end.

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Note: When the auto focus is ON, the lens can be checked if it is focused
or not by observing the data on the page 1 of the adjustment remote
commander.
1) Select page: 6, address: 04, and set data: 0F.
2) Page 1 shows the state of the focus.
1 : 00 : XX
Focused
[ Odd:
Even: Unfocused

Checking method:
1) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the lens.
2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the
Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image.
3) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.
4) Turn on the auto focus.
5) Check that the lens is focused (Note).
6) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 10.
7) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end.
8) Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:
1) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 00.
2) Select page: 6, address: 04, and set data: 00.

5-20

7. Optical Axis Adjustment


Align the lens Optical Axis with that of the CCD imager. If deviated,
center of picture can lose focus when zoom is operated from the
WIDE end to the TELE end.
Subject
Siemens star
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Check on the monitor TV

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
69

Note: NTSC model: DCR-PC5


PAL model: DCR-PC4E/PC5E

Area

E
D0, DE

1
2

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA

Preparations before adjustments:


1) Playback the monoscope segment of the system check tape
(XH5-5 (NTSC), XH5-5P (PAL)).
2) Attach the optical axis frame chart (transparent) on the monitor
TV screen. Center of monoscope image and that that of optical
axis frame must be agree.
3) Set to the camera mode.

4
5
6
7

Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 6, address: 40, and set data: 02.
3) Select page: 6, address: 41, and set data: 01.
4) Input the data of Table 5-1-9 to each adjustment addresses.

00

22.6 to
67.5
67.6 to
112.5
112.6 to
157.5
157.6 to
202.5
202.6 to
247.5
247.6 to
292.5
292.6 to
337.5
337.6 to
22.5

Connection data
Page: F
Page: E
Address: 69 Address: D0 Address: DE
NTSC PAL NTSC PAL
01
22
26
57
69
02

22

26

5F

71

03

22

26

67

79

04

02

26

69

7D

05

22

26

67

79

06

22

26

5F

71

07

22

26

57

69

08

02

26

55

65

Table. 5-1-10.

Note: Press the PAUSE button each time to set the data.

Page: F
Address: 69

Display
phase

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2) Select page: 6, address: 40, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: 6, address: 41, and set data: 00.

Page: E
Address: D0
Address: DE
NTSC
PAL
NTSC
PAL
22
26
5F
71

Table. 5-1-9.
5)
6)
7)

Place the Siemens star 2.0 m away from the front of the lens.
Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.
Point the lens toward the Siemens star chart until center of the
Siemens star is located in the center of the optical axis frame.
8) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end.
9) Measure on the monitor TV screen in which area of the optical
axis frame the center of the Siemens star is located. Measure
the amount of displacement (distance between the center of
the Siemens star and the center of the optical axis frame.) The
measurement value is named L1.
10) Read the correction data corresponding to the area from Table
5-1-10.
11) Input the correction data to each adjustment address.
Note: Press the PAUSE button each time to set the data.

12) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.
13) Point the lens toward the Siemens star chart until center of the
Siemens star is located in the center of the optical axis frame.
14) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end.
15) Measure the amount of displacement (distance between the
center of the Siemens star and the center of the optical axis
frame.) The measurement value is named L2.
16) Compare the values L1 and L2, and confirm that L2 is smaller
than L1. If L2 is lager than L1, input the data of Table 5-1-9 to
each adjustment address.

Fig. 5-1-8.

Note: Press the PAUSE button each time to set the data.

5-21

8. Picture Frame Setting


Subject
Color bar chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
(1.5m from the front of the lens)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Video output terminal


Oscilloscope and TV monitor

Specified Value

A=B, C=D, E=F

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Setting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: F, address: 69, after noting down the data, set data:
00, and press the PAUSE button.
3) Adjust the zoom and the camera direction, and set to the
specified position.
4) Mark the position of the picture frame on the monitor display,
and adjust the picture frame to this position in following
adjustments using Color reproduction adjustment frame.

Check on the oscilloscope


1. Horizontal period
A=B

C=D

Processing after Completing Camera System Adjustments:


After completing the camera system adjustments, release the data
settings.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: F, address: 69, set the data noted down at step 2),
and press the PAUSE button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Fig. 5-1-9.
2. Vertical period
E=F

Fig. 5-1-10.
Check on the monitor TV (Underscanned mode)

Color bar chart picture frame

Fig. 5-1-11.

5-22

Monitor TV picture frame

9. Color Reproduction Adjustment


Adjust the color Separation matrix coefficient so that proper color
reproduction is produced.
Subject
Color bar chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Video output terminal


Vectorscope

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

F
35, 37, 3C, 3D

Specified Value

All color luminance points should


settle within each color reproduction
frame.

For NTSC model

Note: NTSC model: DCR-PC5


PAL model: DCR-PC4E/PC5E

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: F, address: 8E, set data: 29, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: F, address: C0, set the following data and press
the PAUSE button.
37: NTSC model
B7: PAL model
4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 3D, and press the PAUSE
button.
5) Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of the vectorscope, and adjust
the burst luminance point to the burst position of the color
reproduction frame.
6) Change the data of page: F, address: 35, 37, 3C and 3D, and
settle each color luminance point in each color reproduction
frame.

Burst position

For PAL model


Burst position

Note: Be sure to press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote


commander before changing the addresses. If not, the new data
will not be written to the memory.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


1) Select page: F, address: 8E, set data: 2E, and press the PAUSE
button.
2) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Fig. 5-1-12.

5-23

10. MAX GAIN Adjustment


Setting the minimum illumination.
If it is not consistent, the image level required for taking subjects in
low illuminance will not be produced (dark).
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

11. Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input


Adjust the white balance reference at 3200K, and adjust the normal
coefficient of the light value.
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)

F
1D

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ..................................... OFF

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
6
6

96
97

00
27

Set the data.


Set the data.

01

6F

02

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data changes to
01. (Note)

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
6
96
00 Set the data.
2
6
97
00 Set the data.
01

00

01

00

F
1E, 1F, 30 to 33

Specified Value

0FF0 to 1010

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

Note: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:


1D

Display data of page 1 (Note4)


Adjustment remote commander

Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of Color


reproduction Adjustment.
Note2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once.
Note3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is 00. If not, to page:
6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Note4: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
LV data

Adjusting method:

2
3

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.

1
2

0
6

01
01

01
11

01

0D

02

10

2E

Procedure
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
01. (Note5)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the display data
(Note4) satisfies the specified
value.

Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:


1E, 1F, 30 to 33.

Processing after Completing Adjustments


Order Page Address Data
Procedure

5-24

01

00

10

00

3
4

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.
Perform Auto White Balance
Adjustment.

12. Auto White Balance Adjustment


Adjust to the proper auto white balance output data.
If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility will
be poor.
Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
Filter
Measurement Point

Filter C14 for color temperature


correction
Display data of page 1 (Note3)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment remote commander


F

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

40, 41
DCR-PC5(NTSC):
R ratio: 2B00 to 2C00
B ratio: 5B00 to 5C00
DCR-PC4E/PC5E (PAL):
R ratio: 2D00 to 2E00
B ratio: 5B00 to 5C00

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1

Note1: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once.
Note2: Perform Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input before
this adjustment.
Note3: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
Display data

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF

01

3
4

F
F

42
42

5
6

F
F

43
43

7
8

F
F

9
10

01

Procedure
Place the C14 filter for color
temperature correction on the
lens.
Set the data.
Write down the data.
Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
2B: DCR-PC5 (NTSC)
2D: DCR-PC4E/PC5E (PAL)

80

Write down the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

44
44

5B

Write down the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

F
F

45
45

80

Write down the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

11

01

83

12

01

81

13

02

14

01

3F

15

04

04

Check that the data changes to


01. (Note4)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.

16

17

05

Check that the display data


(Note3) satisfies the R ratio
specified value.
Set the data.

18

04

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Check that the display data


(Note3) satisfies the B ratio
specified value.

Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:


40, 41.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1

5-25

01

00

04

00

42

43

44

45

01

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.
Set the data that is written down
at step 3, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is written down
at step 5, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is written down
at step 7, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is written down
at step 9, and press PAUSE
button.

00

Set the data.

13. White Balance Check


Subject
Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
Filter

Measurement Point

Filter C14 for color temperature


correction
ND filter 1.0 and 0.4 and 0.1
Video output terminal

Measuring Instrument
Specified Value

Vectorscope
Fig. 5-1-13. A to B

Processing after Completing Adjustments


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1

01

00

10

00

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.

Switch setting:
1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA
2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF
3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF
Checking method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2

01

0F

01

3F

R-Y

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Place the C14 filter on the lens.
Check that the center of the
white luminance point is within
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-13. B.

01

00

0
F

12

13

14

01
10

10

01
A9

A1

2mm

B-Y

2mm

Remove the C14 filter.


Indoor white balance data check

9
10
11

Check that the lens is not


covered with either filter.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the center of the
white luminance point is within
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-13. A.
Outdoor white balance check

5
6

Procedure
Indoor white balance check

Fig. 5-1-13. (A)

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Place the ND filter 1.5
(1.0+0.1+0.4) on the lens.

0.5mm

R-Y

B-Y
3mm

0.5mm

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

3mm

Check that the display data


(Note) satisfies the specified
value.
Specified value: 0000 to 0BC0
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Fig. 5-1-13. (B)

Check that the second digit of


the display data (Note) is an odd
number.
Specified value:
1 : XX : XX
Odd number

Note: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.


1 : XX : XX
Display data

5-26

14. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment


(DCR-PC5/PC5E)
Adjust the period which the mechanical shutter is closed, and
compensate the exposure.
Adjustment Page
F
7
Adjustment Address

70 to 84

15. Steady Shot Check


Precautions on the Parts Replacement
There are two types of repair parts.
Type A: ENC03LA
Type B: ENC03LB
Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace with
other type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left and
right during hand-shake correction operations. After replacing,
perform the following procedure.

23 to 26

Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Input the following data to page: F, addresses: 70 to 84.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
each time to set the data.

Address
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
83
84
3)

Precautions on Angular Velocity Sensor


The sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with care
as if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted and
operations will not be performed properly.
Subject
Arbitrary

Data
C4
0E
75
0C
26
0B
35
0A
6E
09
A5
61
A1
79
64
81
82
84
B5
7B
20

Specified Value

1A00 to 2600

Switch setting:
1) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ...................................... ON
2) ZOOM .................................................................... TELE end
Check method:
Order Page Address Data

Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander


each time to set the data.

4)

Display data of page 1 (Note1)


Adjustment remote commander

Note1: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.


1 : XX : XX
Display data

Input the following data to page: 7, addresses: 23 to 26.

Address
23
24
25
26

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Data
7C
7F
7C
7B

Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

04

11

Procedure
Pitch sensor check
(CF-75 board SE3450)
Set the data.

3
4

6
1

04

12

01

01

10

E2

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Move the camcoder, and check
that the display data (Note1) is
changing.

10

E3

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Move the camcoder, and check
that the display data (Note1) is
changing.

Check that the display data


(Note1) satisfies the specified
value. (Note2)
Yaw sensor check
(CF-75 board SE3451)
Set the data.
Check that the display data
(Note1) satisfies the specified
value. (Note2)
Steady shot check
Set the data.

Note2: Dont move the camcoder during data check.

Processing after Completing Adjustments


Order Page Address Data
Procedure

5-27

10

00

01

00

3
4

04

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.
Set the data.
Move the camcoder, and check
that the steady shot operations
have been performed normally

1-4.

1. VCO Adjustment (VC-245 board)


Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will be
blurred.
Mode
Camera

COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER


SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

Note1: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages


caused by static electricity.
Note2: Set the switches as follows.
Viewfinder ................................... ON (Viewfinder is Pulled out.)
Note3: Perform the following data setting before the viewfinder system
adjustments.
1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 67.
2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 01.
Reset the data after completing adjustment.
1) Select page: 2, address: 0E, and set data: 00.
2) Select page: 2, address: 0F, and set data: 00.

Signal Name
LANC SIG
EVF VCO

TCK
TDO
SWP
GND

Pin No.
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

Arbitrary
Pin 5 of CN004 (EVF VCO)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Frequency counter
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

92, 93
f = 15734 30Hz (NTSC)
f = 15625 30Hz (PAL)

Note1: NTSC: DCR-PC5


PAL: DCR-PC4E/PC5E

[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder system
are concentrated in CN004 of the VC-245 board.
Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-6 flexible jig (J6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A).
The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN004.
Pin No.
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19

Subject
Measurement Point

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Signal Name
EVF VG
GND

92

92

92

Change the data and set the


VCO frequency (f) to the
specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
Read the data, and this data is
named D92.
Convert D92 to decimal notation,
and obtain D92'. (Note2)

TMS
TDI
GND
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
RF MON

Calculate D93' using following


equations (Decimal calculation)
NTSC model:
When D92' 226
D93' = D92' + 29
When D92' > 226
D93' = 255
PAL model:
When D92' 29
D93' = D92' 29
When D92' < 29
D93' = 00

Convert D93' to a hexadecimal


number, and obtain D93. (Note2)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Table 5-1-11.

CN004
2
1
20

19

93

D93

01

00

Set the data.

Note2: Refer to Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table.

Remove the CPC lid


Screw (M1.7 2.5)

Fig. 5-1-14.

5-28

3. Contrast Adjustment (VC-245 board)


Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
Camera

2. Bright Adjustment (VC-245 board)


Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish
or saturated (whitish).
Mode
Camera
Subject
Measurement Point

Arbitrary
Pin 4 of CN004 (EVF VG)

Subject
Measurement Point

Arbitrary
Pin 4 of CN004 (EVF VG)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
D

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

95
A = 7.60 0.05V

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

99
A=2.45 0.05V

Adjusting method:

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2

95

95

01

00

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Change the data and set the


voltage (A) between the reversed
waveform pedestal and nonreversed waveform pedestal to
the specified value.
Press PAUSE button.

99

99

Set the data.

01

Change the data and set the


voltage (A) between the 3 steps
peak and pedestal to the
specified value.
(The data should be 00 to 7F.)
Press PAUSE button.
00

Set the data.

Pedestal

3 steps peak

2H

2H

Pedestal

Pedestal

Fig. 5-1-15.

Fig. 5-1-16.

5-29

4. White Balance Adjustment (VC-245 board)


Correct the white balance.
If deviated, the reproduction of the EVF screen may degenerate.
Mode
Camera
Subject
Measurement Point

Arbitrary
Check on EVF screen

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

97, 98
The EVF screen should not be
colored.

Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel
2. Light induction plate
3. IC1802
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2

97

80

98

80

98

97

97

98

98

98

10

01

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the EVF screen is not
colored. If not colored, proceed
to step 10.
Change the data so that the EVF
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
Change the data so that the EVF
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.

00

If the EVF screen is colored,


repeat steps 5 to 9.
Set the data.

5-30

1-5.

1. VCO Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will
be blurred.
Mode
VTR stop

LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

Note 1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC


power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to
avoid electrical shock.
Note 2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages
caused by static electricity.

[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are
concentrated in CN2105 of the PD-126 board. The following table
shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN2105.
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5

Signal Name
VG
COM
GND
PSIG
HSY

Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Pin 5 of CN2105 (HSY)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Frequency counter
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

A2, A3
f = 15734 30Hz (NTSC)
f = 15625 30Hz (PAL)

Note1: NTSC: DCR-PC5


PAL: DCR-PC4E/PC5E

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Table 5-1-12.

CN2105
5

A2

A2

A2

Change the data and set the


VCO frequency (f) to the
specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
Read the data, and this data is
named DA2.
Convert DA2 to decimal notation,
and obtain DA2'. (Note2)

5
PD-126 board

Calculate DA3' using following


equations (Decimal calculation)
NTSC model:
When DA2' 221
DA3' = DA2' + 34
When DA2' > 221
DA3' = 255
PAL model:
When DA2' 34
DA3' = DA2' 34
When DA2' < 34
DA3' = 00

Convert DA3' to a hexadecimal


number, and obtain DA3. (Note2)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Fig. 5-1-17.

A3

DA3

01

00

Set the data.

Note2: Refer to Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table.

5-31

2. Bright Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to the
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish
or saturated (whitish).
Mode
VTR stop

3. Black Limit Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the dynamic range of the LCD driver to an appropriate level. If
deviated, the LCD screen will become blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
VTR stop

Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)

Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Pin 4 of CN2105 (PSIG)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
D

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

A5
A = 7.8 0.05V

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

A6
A = 8.60 0.05V

Adjusting method:

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2

A5

A5

4
5

01

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Change the data and set the


voltage (A) between the reversed
waveform pedestal and nonreversed waveform pedestal to
the specified value.
Press PAUSE button.
00

2
3

2
2

0E
0F

61

A6

A6

6
7

2
2

0E
0F

00
00

Set the data.


Set the data.

8
9

01

00

Set the data.


Check that the spacified value of
Bright Adjustment is satisfied.
If not, perform Bright
Adjustment.

Change the data and set the


PSIG signal amplitude (A) to the
specified value.
(The data should be 00 to
0F.)
Press PAUSE button.

Set the data.


Perform Black Limit
Adjustment.

Pedestal

Set the data.


Set the following data.
5B: DCR-PC5 (NTSC)
53: DCR-PC4E/PC5E (PAL)

2H
Pedestal

Fig. 5-1-19.

Fig. 5-1-18.

5-32

4. Contrast Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
(whitish).
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

AA
A = 2.95 0.05V

5. Center Level Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the video signal center level of LCD panel to an appropriate
level.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Pin 1 of CN2105 (VG)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Digital voltmeter
D

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

AB
A = 7.00 0.05Vdc

Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2

AA

AA

4
5

01

Change the data and set the


voltage (A) between the 3 steps
peak and pedestal to the
specified value.
(The data should be 00 to
7F.)
Press PAUSE button.
00

Set the data.


Check that the specified value of
Bright Adjustment is satisfied.

3 steps peak

2H
Pedestal

Fig. 5-1-20.

5-33

0C

60

22

08

AB

AB

0C

00

22

00

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Change the data and set the DC
voltage (A) to the specified
value.
(The data should be 00 to
7F.)
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data.

7. White Balance Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Correct the white balance.
If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.
Mode
VTR stop

6. V-COM Adjustment (PD-126 board)


Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the
specified value.
If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and
conspicuous vertical lines.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Measurement Point

No signal
Check on LCD display

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

A4
The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum.

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
A4

A4

Change the data so that the


brightness of the section A and
that of the section B is equal.
(The data should be 80 to
BF.)
Subtract 3 from the data.

4
5

D
0

A4
01

Press PAUSE button.


Set the data.

00

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

D
A8, A9
The LCD screen should not be
colored.

Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel
2. Light induction plate
3. IC2101
Note2: Use the AC power adaptor.

Adjusting method:

No signal
Check on LCD screen

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

Note: Perform Bright Adjustment, Black Limit Adjustment, Contrast


Adjustment and Center Level Adjustment before this adjustment.

Signal
Measurement Point

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.
2

A8

90

A9

6F

A9

A8

A8

A9

A9

A9

10

01

Check that the LCD screen is


not colored. If not colored,
proceed to step 10.
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.
Change the data so that the LCD
screen is not colored.
Press PAUSE button.

Fig. 5-1-21.

5-34

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

00

If the LCD screen is colored,


repeat steps 5 to 9.
Set the data.

5-2. MECHANISM SECTION


ADJUSTMENT
On the mechanism section adjustment
For details of mechanism section adjustments, checks,
and replacement of mechanism parts, refer to the separate
volume DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL
J Mechanism .

2-1.

1)
2)
3)
4)

2-3.

1. Preparation for Adjustment


1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, drum, capstan shaft,
pinch roller, etc.).
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.
3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-245 board CN004 via the CPC6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board jig (J6082-371-A).
Channel 1: VC-245 board, CN004 Pin w; (Note)
External trigger: VC-245 board, CN004 Pin qj

HOW TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT


CASSETTE

Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.


Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.
Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0C, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
(The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.)

Note: Connect a 75 resistor between pins w; of CN004 and ql


(GND).
75 resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)

5)
6)
7)
8)

Note: The function buttons become inoperable.

5)

To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:
00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander. (Whenever you want to quit the record mode, be
sure to quit following this procedure.)

2-2.

1)
2)
3)
4)

HOW TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE


WITHOUT CASSETTE

Playback the alignment tape for tracking. (XH2-1)


Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08.
Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31.
Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the
entrance and exit.
If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume
DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL
J Mechanism .

CN004 of VC-245 board


Pin No.
Signal Name
1
LANC SIG
3
5
EVF VCO
7
9
11
13
TCK
15
TDO
17
SWP
19
GND

Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.


Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander
to the ON position.
Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.
Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 0B, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
(The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.)
Note: The function buttons become inoperable.

5)

TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT

To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:
00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander. (Whenever you want to quit the playback mode,
be sure to quit following this procedure.)

Pin No.
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

Signal Name
EVF VG
GND

TMS
TDI
GND
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
RF MON

2. Procedure after operations


1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack
and set the HOLD switch to the ON position.
2) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 00.
3) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 00.
Entrance side

Check this section


(Normal waveform)

CH1

CH2
(Trigger)
3.3msec

Fig. 5-2-1.

5-35

Exit side

5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTS


NTSC model : DCR-PC5
PAL model : DCR-PC4E/PC5E

3-1.

PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS

Use the following measuring instruments for video section


adjustments.
3-1-1.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)

12)
13)
14)

Equipment Required

TV monitor
Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band above 30 MHz with
delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1 probe.)
Frequency counter
Pattern generator with video output terminal.
Digital voltmeter
Audio generator
Audio level meter
Audio distortion meter
Audio attenuator
Regulated power supply
Alignment tapes
Tracking standard (XH2-1)
Parts code: 8-967-997-01
SW/OL standard (XH2-3)
Parts code: 8-967-997-11
Audio operation check for NTSC (XH5-3)
Parts code: 8-967-997-51
System operation check for NTSC (XH5-5)
Parts code: 8-967-997-61
BIST check for NTSC (XH5-6)
Parts code: 8-967-997-71
Audio operation check for PAL (XH5-3P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-55
System operation check for PAL (XH5-5P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-66
BIST check for PAL (XH5-6P)
Parts code: 8-967-997-76
Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B)
CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) (Note)
CPC-6 terminal board jig (J-6082-371-A)

Note: When using the old CPC-6 jig (J-6082-370-A), open the cabinet
(R) assembly.

5-36

Note 1: Setting the Forced VTR Power ON mode (VTR mode)


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be turned on
with the cabinet (L) (Control switch block (FK-30350)) removed.
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Power
ON mode.

3-1-2. Precautions on Adjusting


1) The adjustments of this unit are performed in the VTR mode
or camera mode.
To set to the VTR mode, set the power switch to VCR (or
PLAYER) or set the Forced VTR Power ON mode using
the adjustment remote commander (Note 1).
To set to the Camera mode, set the power switch to CAMERA
or set the Forced Camera Power ON mode using the
adjustment remote commander (Note 2).
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced
VTR Power ON Mode or Forced Camera Power ON Mode.
(Note 3)
2) To remove the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connectors.
1. VC-245 board CN005 (14P, 0.8mm)
2. VC-245 board CN006 (8P, 0.8mm)
3. VC-245 board CN003 (60P, 0.4mm)
As the Battery terminal, AUDIO/VIDEO jack and LANC jack
are provided on the BJ-1 board of the cabinet (R), the BJ-1
board must be connected to the VC-245 board. So remove the
BJ-1 board from the cabinet (R). To remove The BJ-1 board
from the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connector (The
LCD block needs not to be connected.)
BJ-1 board CN3104 (2P, 0.8mm)
And connect the BJ-1 board to the following connector of VC245 board.
VC-245 board CN003 (60P, 0.4mm)
3) The Lens block and EVF block need not to be connected. To
remove them, disconnect the following connectors.
1. VC-245 board CN001 (88P, 0.4mm)
2. CF-75 board CN3353 (8P, 0.5mm)
4) As removing CN002 of VC-245 board (removing the control
switch block (FK-30350)) means removing the lithium 3V
power supply, data such as date, time, user-set menus will be
lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data. If the
CN002 has been removed, the self-diagnosis data, data on
history of use (total drum rotation time etc.) will be lost. Before
removing, note down the self-diagnosis data (data of page: 2,
address: B0 to C6) and the data on history use (data of page: 2,
address: A2 to AA). (Refer to 5-4.Service Mode for the data
on the history use and the self-diagnosis data.)
5) If the Forced VTR power ON mode is set, the cabinet (L)
(power switch, control switch block (FK-30350), and speaker)
need not be connected. To remove the cabinet (L), disconnect
the following connectors.
VC-245 board CN002 (39P, 0.3mm)

Note 2: Setting the Forced Camera Power ON mode (Camera mode)


1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turned
on with the cabinet (L) (Control switch block (FK-30350))
removed.
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Power
ON mode.
Note 3: Setting the Forced Memory Power ON mode (Memory mode)
(DCR-PC5/PC5E)
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 05, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the memory power to be turned
on with the cabinet (L) (Control switch block (FK-30350))
removed.
After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the Forced Power
ON mode.
Note 4: Exiting the Forced Power ON mode
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

5-37

3-1-3. Adjusting Connectors


Some of the adjusting points of the video section are concentrated
at VC-245 board CN004. Connect the measuring instruments via
the CPC-6 flexible jig (J-6082-370-B) and CPC-6 terminal board
jig (J-6082-371-A). The following table lists the pin numbers and
signal names of CN004.
Pin No.
Signal Name
Pin No.
Signal Name
1
2
LANC SIG
3
4
EVF VG
5
EVF VCO
6
GND
7
8
9
10
11
12
TMS
13
14
TCK
TDI
15
TDO
16
GND
17
18
SWP
RF IN/LANC JACK IN
19
20
GND
RF MON

CN004
2
1
20

19

Remove the CPC lid


Screw (M1.7 2.5)

Fig. 5-3-1

Table 5-3-1.

3-1-4. Connecting the Equipment


Connect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2, and
perform the adjustments.
TV monitor
VIDEO
(Yellow)
Main unit
AUDIO L (White)

Adjustment
remote
commander

AUDIO R (Red)
LANC jack

AUDIO/VIDEO jack

Fig. 5-3-2.

5-38

3-1-5. Alignment Tapes


Use the alignment tapes shown in the following table.
Use tapes specified in the signal column of each adjustment.
Name
Tracking standard (XH2-1)
SW/OL standard (XH2-3)
Audio operation check
(XH5-3 (NTSC), XH5-3P (PAL))
System operation check
(XH5-5 (NTSC), XH5-5P (PAL))
BIST check
(XH5-6 (NTSC), XH5-6P (PAL))

Use
Tape path adjustment
Switching position adjustment
Audio system adjustment
Operation check
BIST check

Fig. 5-3-3 shows the 75% color bar signals recorded on the alignment
tape for Audio Operation Check.
Note: Measure with video terminal (Terminated at 75 )

For NTSC model

Blue

Red

Magenta

Green

(75%)

1V

Cyan

Burst signal

Yellow

0.714V

White

Cyan
Green
Magenta
Red
Blue

White (75%)

Yellow

White (100%)

0.286V
0.286V

Black

I
White
(100%)

Horizontal sync signal


Color bar signal waveform

Color bar pattern

Black

Blue

Red

Magenta

Green

Cyan

0.3V

Yellow

White

0.7V
1V

Magenta
Red
Blue

White (100%)

Yellow
Cyan
Green

For PAL model

(100%)

0.3V
Burst signal

Horizontal sync signal

Color bar signal waveform

Color bar pattern

Fig. 5-3-3. Color bar signal of alignment tapes


3-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance
Video input/output
Special stereo mini jack
Video signal:
1 Vp-p, 75 unbalanced,
sync negative
S video input/output
4-pin mini DIN
Luminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75 unbalanced,
sync negative
Chrominance signal: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 unbalanced (NTSC)
: 0.300 Vp-p, 75 unbalanced (PAL)

Audio input/output
Special stereo mini jack
Input level: 327mV
Input impedance: More than 47k
Output level: 327 mV (at load impedance 47 k)
Output impedance: Below 2.2 k

5-39

3-2.

2-2. Serial No. Input


Write the serial No. and model code in the EEPROM (nonvolatile
memory). Convert the serial No. on the name plate from decimal to
hexadecimal, and write in the EEPROM.
Page
C

SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

1. Initialization of B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 Page Data


If the B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 page data is erased due to some reason,
perform 1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, C, D, E, F, 7, 8 PAGE
DATA, of 5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT

Address

2. Serial No. Input


2-1. Company ID Input
Write the company ID in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory).
Page
C
Address

Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Read the serial No. on the name plate, and take it as D1.
Example: If the serial No. is 77881.
D1=77881
3) Obtain D2 and H1 corresponding to D1 from Table 5-3-2.
Example: If D1 is 77881.
D2=D165536=12345
H1=FE
H1 (Hexadecimal)
D1 (Decimal)
D2 (Decimal)
(Service model code)
000001 to 065535 D1
FE
065536 to 131071 D165536
FE
131072 to 196607 D1131072
FE

E8, E9, EA, EB, EC

Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Input the following data to page: C, addresses: E8 to EC.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
each time to set the data.

Address
E8
E9
EA
EB
EC
3)

ED, EE, EF

Data
08
00
46
01
01

Table 5-3-2.
4)

Input H1 to page: C, address: ED. (Model code input)


Example: If H1 is FE.
Select page: C, address: ED, set data: FE, and
press the PAUSE button.
5) Obtain the maximum decimal not exceeding D2 from Table 53-3, and take this as D3.
Example: If D2 is 12345.
D3=12288
6) Obtain the hexadecimal corresponding to D3 from Table 5-3-3,
and take this as H3.
Example: If D3 is 12288.
H3=3000
7) Obtain the difference D4 between D 2 and D 3. (Decimal
calculation, 0 D4 255)
D4= D2D3
Example: If D2 is 12345 and D3 is 12288.
D4=1234512288=57
8) Convert D4 to hexadecimal, and take this as H4.
(Refer to Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table in 5-4.
Service Mode.)
Example: If D4 is 57.
H4=39
9) Input the upper 2 digits of H3 to page: C, address: EE.
Example: If H3 is 3000.
Select page: C, address: EE, set data: 30, and
press the PAUSE button.
10) Input H4 to page: C, address: EF.
Example: If H4 is 39.
Select page: C, address: EF, set data: 39, and
press the PAUSE button.
11) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

5-40

HexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaHexaDecimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal Decimal decimal
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(D3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)
(H3)

0
256
512
768
1024
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
2816
3072
3328
3584
3840
4096
4352
4608
4864
5120
5376
5632
5888
6144
6400
6656
6912
7168
7424
7680
7936

0000
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
0A00
0B00
0C00
0D00
0E00
0F00
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
1A00
1B00
1C00
1D00
1E00
1F00

8192
8448
8704
8960
9216
9472
9728
9984
10240
10496
10752
11008
11264
11520
11776
12032
12288
12544
12800
13056
13312
13568
13824
14080
14336
14592
14848
15104
15360
15616
15872
16128

2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
2900
2A00
2B00
2C00
2D00
2E00
2F00
3000
3100
3200
3300
3400
3500
3600
3700
3800
3900
3A00
3B00
3C00
3D00
3E00
3F00

16384
16640
16896
17152
17408
17664
17920
18176
18432
18688
18944
19200
19456
19712
19968
20224
20480
20736
20992
21248
21504
21760
22016
22272
22528
22784
23040
23296
23552
23808
24064
24320

4000
4100
4200
4300
4400
4500
4600
4700
4800
4900
4A00
4B00
4C00
4D00
4E00
4F00
5000
5100
5200
5300
5400
5500
5600
5700
5800
5900
5A00
5B00
5C00
5D00
5E00
5F00

24576
24832
25088
25344
25600
25856
26112
26368
26624
26880
27136
27392
27648
27904
28160
28416
28672
28928
29184
29440
29696
29952
30208
30464
30720
30976
31232
31488
31744
32000
32256
32512

6000
6100
6200
6300
6400
6500
6600
6700
6800
6900
6A00
6B00
6C00
6D00
6E00
6F00
7000
7100
7200
7300
7400
7500
7600
7700
7800
7900
7A00
7B00
7C00
7D00
7E00
7F00

32768
33024
33280
33536
33792
34048
34304
34560
34816
35072
35328
35584
35840
36096
36352
36608
36864
37120
37376
37632
37888
38144
38400
38656
38912
39168
39424
39680
39936
40192
40448
40704

Table 5-3-3.

5-41

8000
8100
8200
8300
8400
8500
8600
8700
8800
8900
8A00
8B00
8C00
8D00
8E00
8F00
9000
9100
9200
9300
9400
9500
9600
9700
9800
9900
9A00
9B00
9C00
9D00
9E00
9F00

40960 A000 49152


41216 A100 49408
41472 A200 49664
41728 A300 49920
41984 A400 50176
42240 A500 50432
42496 A600 50688
42752 A700 50944
43008 A800 51200
43264 A900 51456
43520 AA00 51712
43776 AB00 51968
44032 AC00 52224
44288 AD00 52480
44544 AE00 52736
44800 AF00 52992
45056 B000 53248
45312 B100 53504
45568 B200 53760
45824 B300 54016
46080 B400 54272
46336 B500 54528
46592 B600 54784
46848 B700 55040
47104 B800 55296
47360 B900 55552
47616 BA00 55808
47872 BB00 56064
48128 BC00 56320
48384 BD00 56576
48640 BE00 56832
48896 BF00 57088

C000
C100
C200
C300
C400
C500
C600
C700
C800
C900
CA00
CB00
CC00
CD00
CE00
CF00
D000
D100
D200
D300
D400
D500
D600
D700
D800
D900
DA00
DB00
DC00
DD00
DE00
DF00

57344
57600
57856
58112
58368
58624
58880
59136
59392
59648
59904
60160
60416
60672
60928
61184
61440
61696
61952
62208
62464
62720
62976
63232
63488
63744
64000
64256
64512
64768
65024
65280

E000
E100
E200
E300
E400
E500
E600
E700
E800
E900
EA00
EB00
EC00
ED00
EE00
EF00
F000
F100
F200
F300
F400
F500
F600
F700
F800
F900
FA00
FB00
FC00
FD00
FE00
FF00

3. Touch Panel Adjustment (VC-245 board)


Adjust the calibration of the touch panel.
Mode
VTR stop
Signal
Adjustment Page

Arbitrary
D

Adjustment Address

E0 to E3

4. Battery End Check (VC-245 board)


Check the battery end voltage.
Mode
Camera recording and VTR playback
Subject

Arbitrary

Note: It is normal though the following symptoms appear during the battery
end check.
1) The message of FOR InfoLITHIUM BATTERY ONLY on
the LCD or viewfinder screen.
2) The tally lamp is flashing.

Note 1: Protect the Touch panel (LCD screen) with a transparent sheet.
Note 2: Turn off the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander.

Adjusting method:
1) While pressing the DISPLAY button, set the POWER switch
from OFF to VCR (or PLAYER).
2) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of indicated in
the part A.
3) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of indicated in
the part B.
4) Using a ball-point pen etc., push the center of indicated in
the part C.

Connection:
1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter
to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-3-5.
Checking method:
1) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that
the digital voltmeter display is 3.5 0.1Vdc.
2) Turn off the power supply.
3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
commander.
4) Turn on the power supply.
5) Load a cassette, and set to the camera recording mode.
6) Decrease the output voltage of the regulated power supply so
that the digital voltmeter display is 3.3 0.1Vdc.
7) Record the camera signal for a minute.
8) Playback the recorded section and check that the playback
picture and sound are normal.

A
C

Regulated power supply


+

Fig. 5-3-4.

3.3 0.01 Vdc

+
Digital volt meter

Fig. 5-3-5.

5-42

3-3.

2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-245 Board)

SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

Before perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check that


the specified value of 36 MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment of
CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT is satisfied.
Adjusting Procedure:
1. Cap FG duty adjustment
2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adjustment
3. Switching position adjustment
4. AGC center level
5. APC & AEQ adjustment

Mode

VTR stop

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Display data of page: 3, address: 03


Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

C
1F, 20, 22, 29

Specified Value

Bit2, bit3, bit4 and bit6 are 0

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data

1. Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-245 Board)


Set the Cap FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriate
capstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noise
can occur.
Measurement Point
Display data of page: 3, address: 03

1
2

0
3

01
01

02

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment remote commander


C

03

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

16
00

01

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
Close the cassette compartment
without inserting a cassette.
0
3

01
01

01
1B

02

Check that the data changes in


the following order.
1B 2B 00

03

01

Check that the data is 00.


(Note)
Set the data.

00

Procedure
Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
00.
Check that bit2, bit3, bit4 and
bit6 are 0. (Note)

00

Set the data.

Note: If bit2, bit3, bit4 or bit6 of the data is 1, there are errors.
For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bit values,
refer to 5-4. SERVICE MODE, 4-3. 3. Bit value discrimination.)

Adjusting method:

2
3

01
30

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Note: If the data is 01, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck is
defective.

5-43

Bit value of page: 3,

Error contents

address: 03 data
bit 4 = 1

PLL f0 is defective

bit 6 = 1
bit 3 = 1
bit 2 = 1

LPF f0 is defective
PLL f0 final adjustment is defective
PLL f0 final adjustment time-out

4. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment

3. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-245 Board)


Mode

VTR playback

Signal
Measurement Point

SW/OL reference tape (XH2-3)


Display data of page: 3, address: 03

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Adjustment remote commander


C

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

10, 11, 12, 13


00

4-1. Preparations before adjustments


Mode
Camera recording
Subject

Arbitrary

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
1
2

30

40

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Insert the SW/OL reference tape
and enter the VTR STOP mode.
2
3

0
3

01
21

01

01

0D

02

03

01

00

4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-245 Board)

Set the data.


Check that the data is 02.
(Note1)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes to
00.
Check that the data is 00.
(Note2)
Set the data.

Mode
Signal

Playback
Recorded signal at Preparations
before adjustments

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Pin w; of CN004 (RF MON) (Note 1)


Ext. trigger: Pin qj of CN004 (SWP)
Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page
Adjustment Address

C
1E

Specified Value

The data of page: 3, address: 03 is


00

Note 1: Connect a 75 resistor between Pin w; and Pin ql (GND) of


CN004.
75 resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)

Note1: If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is 72, the tape top being played.
After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 4
and higher.
Note2: If bit 0 of the data is 1, the even channel is defective. If bit 1 is
1, the odd channel is defective. Contents of the defect is written
into page: C, addresses: 10 and 12. See the following table. (For
the bit values, refer to 5-4. SERVICE MODE, 4-3. 3. Bit value
discrimination.)

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Playback the recorded signal at
Preparations before
adjustments
2
3

When the even channel is defective


Data of page: C, Contents of defect

0
3

01
33

01
08

address: 10
EE

Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective

E8
E7

Adjustment data is out of range


No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN)

When the odd channel is defective


Data of page: C,
address: 12

Contents of defect

EE
E8

Writing into EEPROM (IC502) is defective


Adjustment data is out of range

E7

No data is returned from IC301 (CAIN)

Procedure
Set the data.
Record the camera signal for
three minutes.

01

6
7

3
3

02
03

23

Set the data.


Set the data.
Confirm that the playback RF
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-5.)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is 00.
Check that the data is 00.
(Note2)
Perform APC & AEQ
Adjustment.

Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than 00, adjustment


has errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according to
the errors referring to the following table.)

PB RF signal is stable

Pin w;

Data

Contents of defect

20
30

Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)


The machine is defective

40
50

Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)


The machine is defective

Note 3: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

Pin qj
6.7 msec

Fig. 5-3-5.

5-44

4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-245 Board)


Mode

Playback

Signal

Recorded signal at Preparations


before adjustments
Pin w; of CN004 (RF MON) (Note 1)
Ext. trigger: Pin qj of CN004 (SWP)

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
C

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C


The data of page: 3, address: 03 is
00

4-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments


Order Page Address Data

Note 1: Connect a 75 resistor between Pin w; and Pin ql (GND) of


CN004.
75 resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)
Note 2: The AGC Center Level Adjustment must have already been
completed before starting this adjustment.

Adjusting method:
Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
Playback the recorded signal at
Preparations before
adjustments
2
3

0
3

01
33

01
08

4
5

01

02

03

07

Set the data.


Set the data.
Confirm that the playback RF
signal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-6.)
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data changes
from 07 to 00 in about 20
seconds after pressing PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is 00.
(Note3)
Perform Processing after
Completing Adjustments.

Note3: If the data is other than 00, adjustment has errors. Take an
appropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring to
the following table.

Data
20

Contents of defect
Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)

30
50

The machine is defective


Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)

60
80

The machine is defective


The machine is defective

Note 4: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

PB RF signal is stable

Pin w;

Pin qj
6.7 msec

Fig. 5-3-6.

5-45

Procedure

1
2

2
3

30
33

00
00

Set the data.


Set the data.

01

00

Set the data.

3-4.

2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-245 Board)

VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

Before perform the video system adjustments, check that the


specified value of 36MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment of
CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT is satisfied.
3-4-1. Base Band Block Adjustments
1. Chroma BPF f0 Adjustment (VC-245 Board)
Set the center frequency of IC1301 chroma band-pass filter.
Mode
Camera
Subject
Measurement Point

All black
(Cover the lens with the lens cap)
CH1: Chroma signal terminal of
S VIDEO jack (75 terminated)
CH2: Y signal terminal of S VIDEO
jack (75 terminated)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
C

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

28
A = 100mVp-p or less
B = 200mVp-p or more

0C

28

5
6

C
3

28
0C

04

00

7
8

01

00

Arbitrary
Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack
(75 terminated)

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
C

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

25
A = 1000 14mV

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Camera

Subject
Measurement Point

Adjusting method:

Adjusting method:

Mode

Check that the burst signal (B) is


output to the chroma signal
terminal of S VIDEO jack.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Change the data for minimum
amplitude of the burst signal
level (A).
(The data should be 00 to
07.)

2
3

2
2

35
35

01

0C

02

25

6
7

C
3

25
0C

35

01

00

00

Note down the data.


Set the data.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Change the data and set the Y
signal level (A) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data that is noted down at
step 2.
Set the data.

Center of luminance line

Press PAUSE button.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the burst signal level
(B) satisfies the specified value.
Set the data.

Fig. 5-3-8.

When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 04:


A
CH1

CH2

When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 00:

CH1

Fig. 5-3-7.

5-46

4. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-245 Board)

3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment


(VC-245 Board)
Mode

Camera

Subject
Measurement Point

Arbitrary
Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEO
jack (75 terminated)
External trigger: Y signal terminal of
S VIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page

Oscilloscope
C

Adjustment Address
Specified Value

26, 27
Cr level:

2
2

35
35

01

0C

02

26

26

27

27

35

12

01

Oscilloscope
Sync level: A = 286 18mV(NTSC)
A = 300 18mV(PAL)
Burst level: B = 286 18mV(NTSC)
B = 300 18mV(PAL)

2
3

2
3

35
0C

01
02

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Change the data and set the Cr
signal level (A) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the sync signal level
(A) satisfies the specified value.
Check that the burst signal level
(B) satisfies the specified value.

Note down the data.


Set the data.

0C

35

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data that is noted down at
step 1.

00

Set the data.

Change the data and set the Cb


signal level (B) to the specified
value.
Press PAUSE button.

11

Measuring Instrument
Specified Value

2
3

0C

Arbitrary
VIDEO terminal of AUDIO/VIDEO
jack (75 terminated)

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
2
35
Note down the data.

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
0
01
01 Set the data.

Camera

Subject
Measurement Point

Adjusting method:

A = 714 14mV(NTSC)
A = 700 14mV(PAL)
Cb level: B = 714 14mV(NTSC)
B = 700 14mV(PAL)
Burst level: C = 286 6mV(NTSC)
C = 300 6mV(PAL)

Adjusting method:

10

Mode

Check that the burst signal level


(C) is satisfied the specified value.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

00

B
A
H

Set the data that is noted down at


step 2.
Set the data.

00

Fig. 5-3-10.

0.28 sec (NTSC)


0.23 sec (PAL)

0.28 sec (NTSC)


0.23 sec (PAL)

Fig. 5-3-9.

5-47

1-3. IC301 AUD (ABUS) PB BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
Procedure

3-4-2. BIST Check


Switch setting:
LCD panel ...................................................................... Open

11

04

1. Playback System Check

12

08

12

00

Set the POWER switch to VCR


or PLAYER position.
Connect the adjustment remote
commander and set the HOLD
switch to ON (SERVICE)
position.

13

03

14

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

15

1-1. Preparations for Playback


Order Page Address Data
1
2

3
4

0
C

01
42

01
00

Procedure

Playback the BIST check tape.


(XH5-6 (NTSC), XH5-6P (PAL))
Press DISPLAY button and erase
the indicators on the LCD screen.

Note1: Perform the following checks in the playback mode.


Note2: Use the AC power adaptor or the battery (Info LITHIUM S series).

Order Page Address Data


Procedure
1
3
70
04 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
2
3
70
00 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
3

73

74

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 41
PAL model: 2D
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 81
PAL model: 7C
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
AUD (ABUS) playback system
is normal.

1-4. IC301 VFD PB BIST Check


EX Y BIST Check
Order Page Address Data

1-2. IC301 TRX (RF) PB BIST Check

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Check that the data is equal to


either of the following values.
And memorize the case number
of the value.
NTSC model:
63 (Case1), C5 (Case2),
75 (Case3), D3 (Case4),
59 (Case5), FF (Case6)
PAL model:
86 (Case1), AA (Case2),
90 (Case3)
Check that the data is equal to
the following value which case
number is equal to that of
address 73.
NTSC model:
84 (Case1), 55 (Case2),
07 (Case3), D6 (Case4),
01 (Case5), D0 (Case6)
PAL model:
35 (Case1), 33 (Case2),
B6 (Case3)
If the data of address 73 and
address 74 are correct, IC301
TRX (RF) playback system is
normal.

5-48

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

Procedure

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: FB
PAL model: 54
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: F4
PAL model: ED
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
EX Y playback system is
normal.

EVF Y BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
1

10

88

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

EVF Cr BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
1

10

89

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

EVF Cb BIST Check


Order Page Address Data

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

10

8A

12

10

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

12

00

13

04

Check that the data is the


following value.
NTSC model: 9B
PAL model: 20
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: C3
PAL model: F8

14

15

If the data of address 14 and


address 15 are correct, IC301
EVF Y playback system is
normal.

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

If the data of address 14 and


address 15 are correct, IC301
EVF Cb playback system is
normal.

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

10

98

12

10

12

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 2E
PAL model: 33

13

04

14

Check that the data is the


following value.
NTSC model: 34
PAL model: DD
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
EVF Cr playback system is
normal.

15

5-49

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Check that the data is the


following value.
NTSC model: A9
PAL model: AA
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 39
PAL model: 03

PANEL Y BIST Check


Order Page Address Data

Procedure

Procedure

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 9B
PAL model: 20
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: C3
PAL model: F8
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
PANEL Y playback system is
normal.

PANEL Cr BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
1

10

99

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

10

9A

12

10

12

00

13

04

1
2

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

14

15

0
8

01
21

01
0F

Procedure

Set the data.


Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

ENCODER Ya BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
3
10
8B Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

If the data of address 14 and


address 15 are correct, IC301
PANEL Cr playback system is
normal.

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Check that the data is the


following value.
NTSC model: 2E
PAL model: 33
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 34
PAL model: DD

PANEL Cb BIST Check


Order Page Address Data

1-5. IC301 ENCODER BIST Check


Preparations
Order Page Address Data

Procedure

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

ENCODER Yb BIST Check


Order Page Address Data

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: A9
PAL model: AA
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 39
PAL model: 03
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
PANEL Cb playback system is
normal.

5-50

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: FD
PAL model: 58
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 3E
PAL model: BE
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
ENCORDER Ya playback
system is normal.

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

10

8C

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: 94
PAL model: A1
Check that the data is the
following value.
NTSC model: D6
PAL model: ED
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
ENCORDER Yb playback
system is normal.

ENCODER Ca BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
1

10

8D

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

1-6. Processing after Completing Playback System


Check

Procedure

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

Order Page Address Data

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is equal to
either of the following values.
And memorize the case number
of the value.
NTSC model:
11 (Case1), 4E (Case2)
PAL model:
E8 (Case1), 7B (Case2)
Check that the data is equal to
the following value which case
number is equal to that of
address 14.
NTSC model:
FD (Case1), 3B (Case2)
PAL model:
62 (Case1), B0 (Case2)

15

ENCODER Cb BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
3
10
8E Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
2

12

10

12

00

13

04

14

15

0
C

01
42

01

Set the data.


Set the following data, and press
PAUSE button.
00: DCR-PC4E
28: DCR-PC5/PC5E

21

03

01

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data.

If the data of address 14 and


address 15 are correct, IC301
ENCODER Ca playback system
is normal.

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Check that the data is equal to
either of the following values.
And memorize the case number
of the value.
NTSC model:
5C (Case1), BC (Case2)
PAL model:
96 (Case1), 35 (Case2)
Check that the data is equal to
the following value which case
number is equal to that of
address 14.
NTSC model:
20 (Case1), A8 (Case2)
PAL model:
79 (Case1), 7C (Case2)
If the data of address 14 and
address 15 are correct, IC301
ENCODER Cb playback system
is normal.

5-51

Procedure

1
2

Turn off the power and turn on


again.

2. Recording System Check


2-1. Preparations for recording
Order Page Address Data
1
2

10

C0

11

07

4
5

Procedure
Order Page Address Data

Playback the BIST check tape.


(XH5-6(NTSC), XH5-6P(PAL))
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

1
2

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Enter the stop mode.
While keep the HOLD switch of
the adjustment remote
commander at ON (SERVICE)
position, eject the BIST check
tape.
Close the cassette compartment
without inserting a cassette.

6
7
8

2-3. Processing after Completing Recording System


Check

01

0C

Set the power switch to


CAMERA.
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.

2-2. IC301 TRX (RF) REC BIST Check


Order Page Address Data
Procedure
1
3
70
04 Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
2

70

71

72

00

Set the data, and press PAUSE


button.
Check that the data is equal to
either of the following values.
And memorize the case number
of the value.
NTSC model:
26 (Case1), 5E (Case2)
PAL model:
53 (Case1), 77 (Case2)
Check that the data is equal to
the following value which case
number is equal to that of
address 71.
NTSC model:
95 (Case1), E3 (Case2)
PAL model:
DF (Case1), D5 (Case2)
If the data of address 71 and
address 72 are correct, IC301
TRX (RF) recording system is
normal.

5-52

01

00

Procedure
Set the data, and press PAUSE
button.
Turn off the power and turn on
again.

3-5.

AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

[Connection of Audio System Measuring Devices]


Connect the audio system measuring devices as shown in Fig. 5-3-11.
Main unit

Recording (Camera mode)

Audio oscillator

600

MIC

Left

Right

Attenuator

600 : 270 (1-249-410-11) + 330 (1-249-411-11)

Playback
Main unit

TV monitor
Video (Yellow)
Left (White)

AUDIO/
VIDEO
OUT

47k

Audio level meter


or Distortion meter

Right
(Red)

47k
47k (1-249-437-11)

Fig. 5-3-11.

5-53

1. Playback Level Check


Mode
VTR playback
Signal

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value

4. Overall Noise Level Check


Mode
Camera recording and playback

Alignment tape:
For audio operation check
(XH5-3 (NTSC))
(XH5-3P (PAL))
Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO
VIDEO jack

Signal
Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument
Specified Value

Audio level meter and frequency


counter
32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 2.0dBs
48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 2.0dBs
44.1 kHz mode:
The 7.35kHz signal level during EMP
OFF is +2.0 2.0dBs.
The 7.35kHz signal level during EMP
ON is 6 2 dB from the signal level
during EMP OFF.

5. Overall Separation Check


Mode
Signal

Camera recording and playback


400Hz, 66dBs signal: MIC jack
<right> [left]
(Connect the MIC jack <left> [right]
to GND)

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Audio <left> [right] terminal of


AUDIO VIDEO jack
Audio level meter

Specified Value

Below 40dBs (IHF-A filter ON)

2. Overall Level Characteristics Check


Camera recording and playback
400Hz, 66 dBs signal: MIC jack left
and right

Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument

Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO


VIDEO jack
Audio level meter

Specified Value

7.5 3.0dBs

< > : Left channel check


[ ] : Right channel check
Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, 66dBs signal in the <right> [left] terminal
of the MIC jack only.
2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the signal level of the audio <left> [right] terminal
is the specified value.

Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, 66dBs signal in the MIC jack.
2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the 400Hz signal level is the specified value.
3. Overall Distortion Check
Mode
Signal

Camera recording and playback


400Hz, 66dBs signal: MIC jack left
and right

Measurement Point

Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO


VIDEO jack
Audio distortion meter

Measuring Instrument
Specified Value

Audio level meter


Below 45dBs
(IHF-A filter ON, 20kHz LPF ON)

Checking Method:
1) Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack.
2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the noise level is the specified value.

Checking Method:
1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.

Mode
Signal

No signal: Insert a shorting plug in the


MIC jack
Audio left or right terminal of AUDIO
VIDEO jack

Below 0.4%
(200Hz to 6kHz BPF ON)

Checking Method:
1) Input the 400Hz, 66dBs signal in the MIC jack.
2) Record in the camera mode.
3) Playback the recorded section.
4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.

5-54

5-4. SERVICE MODE


4-1.

ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER

2. Precautions upon using


the adjustment remote commander
Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase the
correct adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommended
that all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustments
and new adjustment data after each adjustment.

The adjustment remote commander is used for changing the


calculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. The
adjustment remote commander performs bi-directional
communication with the unit using the remote commander signal
line (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communication
is written in the non-volatile memory.
1. Using the adjustment remote commander
1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC
terminal.
2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to
HOLD (SERVICE position). If it has been properly
connected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander will
display as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.

Page

Data

Address

Fig. 5-4-1
3)

Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.


Changing the page
The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is
pressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH button is
pressed. There are altogether 16 pages, from 0 to F.

Hexadecimal
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
notation
LCD Display
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F
Decimal notation
conversion value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15

4)

Changing the address


The address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,
and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.
Changing the data (Data setting)
The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,
and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.
Writing the adjustment data
The PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustment
data (B, C, D, F, 7, 8 page) in the nonvolatile memory. (The
new adjusting data will not be recorded in the nonvolatile
memory if this step is not performed.)
After completing all adjustments, turn off the main power
supply once.

5-55

4-2.

DATA PROCESS

The calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remote


commander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required for
obtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,
after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,
calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use it
as the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimal
conversion table.
Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table
Lower digit of
hexadecimal

2
4

A
(A)

B
(b)

C
(c)

D
(d)

E
(E)

F
(F)

Upper digit
of hexadecimal

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

77

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

A (A)

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

B (b)

176

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

C (c)

177
193

178

192

194

195

196

197

198

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

D (d)

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

E (E)

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

231

232

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

F (F)

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

251

252

253

254

255

Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.
(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);
Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point
189 of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.

Table. 5-4-1.

5-56

4-3.

SERVICE MODE
2-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code)
Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written in
addresses F4, F8 and FC. The type of error indicated by the code
are shown in the following table.

1. Setting the Test Mode


Page D
Address 10
Data
Function
00
Normal
01
Forced camera power ON
02
Forced VTR power ON
03
Forced camera + VTR power ON
05
Forced memory power ON
Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data:
01.
For page D, the data set is recorded in the non-volatile memory
by pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not be
exited even when the main power is turned off.
After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the data
of this address to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment
remote commander.
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Code
00
10
11
22
23
24
30
40
42

2. Emergence Memory Address


Page C
Address F4 to FF
Address
Contents
F4
EMG code when first error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when first
F6
error occurs
Lower: MSW code when first error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when first error
F7
occurs
F8
EMG code when second error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when second
FA
error occurs
Lower: MSW code when second error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when second error
FB
occurs
FC
EMG code when last error occurs
Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last error
FE
occurs
Lower: MSW code when last error occurs
Lower: MSW code to be moved when last error
FF
occurs
When no error occurs in this unit, data 00 is written in the above
addresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address
(F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the data
corresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address
(F8 to FB). Finally, when the last error occurs, the data corresponding
to the error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF).
Note: After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data of
addresses F4 to FF to 00.

Initializing method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE
button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

5-57

Emergency Type
No error
Loading motor emergency during loading
Loading motor emergency during unloading
T reel emergency during normal rotation
S reel emergency during normal rotation
T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reel
terminal and T reel terminal)
FG emergency at the start up of the capstan
FG emergency at the start up of the drum
FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum

2-2. MSW Code


MSW when errors occur:
Information on MSW (mode SW) when errors occur
MSW when movement starts:
Information on MSW when movements starts when the mechanism position is moved (When the L motor is moved)
MSW of target of movement:
Information on target MSW of movement when the mechanism position is moved

Mechanical Position
UNLOAD
BL

EJ

LOAD
ULE

BL

SR

BL

GL

BL

STOP

BL

R/P

1 1 0 = 6

1 1 1 = 7
0 1 0 = 2

1 1 1 = 7
0 1 1 = 3

1 1 1 = 7
0 0 1 = 1

1 1 1 = 7
1 0 1 = 5

1 1 1 = 7

1 0 0 = 4

C (MSB)
B
A (LSB)

LS chassis movement section

Lock released
Cassette compartment

Pinch roller pressing

Position

Code

EJ

BL

ULE

SR
GL

1
3

STOP

R/P

NULL

Contents
Position at which the cassette component lock is released, at the farthest unload side mechanically
at which the mechanism can move no further in the UNLOAD direction.
BLANK code, at the boundary between codes.
EJECT completion position. when the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this position.
Cassette IN standby. The guide will start protruding out as the mechanism moves towards the
LOAD position.
Position at which it is possible to release the S ratchet.
Guide loading are performed here.
Stop position in the loading state. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and the
brake is imposed on both reels.
PB, REC, CUE, REVIEW, PAUSE positions. When pinch roller is pressed, and the tension
regulator is ON, the mechanism is operating at this position in modes in which normal images are
shown.
Code not existing in the MD. Default value.

5-58

3. Bit value discrimination


Bit values must be discriminated using the display data of the
adjustment remote commander for following items. Use the table
below to discriminate if the bit value is 1 or 0.
Display on the adjustment remote commander

Address
Page

bit3 to bit0 discrimination


bit7 to bit4 discrimination

Display on the
adjustment
remote
commander
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
9
A (A)
B (b)
C (c)
D (d)
E (E)
B
F (F )

bit3
or
bit7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Bit values
bit2
bit1
or
or
bit6
bit5
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1

bit0
or
bit4
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

Example: If 8E is displayed on the adjustment remote commander, the


bit values for bit7 to bit4 are shown in the A column, and the
bit values for bit3 to bit0 are shown in the B column.

4. Switch check (1)


Page 2
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Address 43
Function
When bit value=1
VTR MODE SW (Control switch block)
OFF
CAM STBY SW (Control switch block)
OFF
START/STOP SW (Control switch block)
OFF
EJECT SW (Control switch block)
OFF
CC DOWN SW (Mechanism chassis)
OFF (UP)
PHOTO FREEZE SW (FK-30350 block S4004) OFF
PHOTO STBY SW (Control switch block)
OFF

When bit value=0


ON
ON
ON
ON
ON (DOWN)
ON
ON

Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 43.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.

5-59

5. Switch check (2)


Page 2

Address 60 to 63

Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 60 to 63.
2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.
Address
60
(KEY AD0)
(IC1104 od)
61
(KEY AD1)
(IC1104 of)
62
(KEY AD2)
(IC1104 og)
63
(KEY AD3)
(IC1104 oh)

Data
00 (00 to 0A) 19 (0B to 24) 32 (25 to 44) 59 (45 to 6E) 85 (6F to 9F) B8 (A0 to D4) EE (D5 to FF)
FOCUS
FOCUS
PHOTO
SUPER
(INFINITY) (AUTO/MANUAL) (PHOTO REC) NIGHT SHOT
No key input
(FK-30350)(S4007) (FK-30350)(S4008) (FK-30350)(S4005) (FK-30350)(S4003)
DISPLAY
BACK LIGHT
EVF OFF
EVF ON
(FK-30350)
(FK-30350)
(CF-75)
(CF-75)
(S4011)
(S4010)
(S2201)
(S2201)
PANEL
PANEL
REVERSE
NORMAL
(PR-34)(S3601)
(PR-34)(S3601)
PANEL CLOSE
PANEL OPEN
(PO-5)
(PO-5)
(S3501)
(S3501)

6. Record of Use check


Note: When replacing the drum assembly, initialize the data of address: A2 to A4.

Page 2

Address
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA

Address A2 to AA

Function
Drum rotation counted time (BCD code)

User initial power on date (BCD code)

Final condensation occurrence date


(BCD code)

Remarks
Minutes
Hour (L)
Hour (H)
Year
Month
Day
Year
Month
Day

10th place digit and 1st place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
1000th place digit and 100th place digit of counted time (decimal digit)
After setting the clock, set the date of power on next.

Using method:
1) The record of use data is displayed at page: 2, addresses: A2 to AA.
Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the control switch block (FK-30350) is removed.

Initializing method:
1) Using the adjustment remote commander, select the object address and set data: 00.

5-60

7. Record of Self-diagnosis check


Page 2
Address B0 to C6
Address
B0

Self-diagnosis code
Repaired by code (Occurred 1st time) *1

B1
B2

Block function code (Occurred 1st time)


Detailed code (Occurred 1st time)

B4
B5

Repaired by code (Occurred 2nd time) *1


Block function code (Occurred 2nd time)

B6
B8

Detailed code (Occurred 2nd time)


Repaired by code (Occurred 3rd time) *1

B9
BA

Block function code (Occurred 3rd time)


Detailed code (Occurred 3rd time)

BC
BD

Repaired by code (Occurred 4th time) *1


Block function code (Occurred 4th time)

BE
C0

Detailed code (Occurred 4th time)


Repaired by code (Occurred 5th time) *1

C1
C2

Block function code (Occurred 5th time)


Detailed code (Occurred 5th time)

C4
C5

Repaired by code (Occurred the last time) *1


Block function code (Occurred the last time)

C6

Detailed code (Occurred the last time)


*1 : 01 C, 03 E

Using method:
1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at page: 2, addresses: BC to C6. Refer to SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION for detail of the
self-diagnosis code.
Note: This data will be erased (reset) when the control switch block (FK-30350) is removed.

5-61E

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

SECTION 6
REPAIR PARTS LIST
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
-XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some differences from the original one.
Items marked * are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
The mechanical parts with no reference number
in the exploded views are not supplied.

Abbreviation
AUS: Australian model
JE:
Tourist model
CND: Canadian model
CN: Chinese model
HK: Hong Kong model

The components identified by mark 0 or


dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifis par une marque
0 sont critiques pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant
le numro spcifi.

6-1-1. OVERALL SECTION

4
3
2
1

Cabinet (L) section


(See page 6-5)

D
C

6
Lens-EVF section
(See page 6-4)

4
-2
VCard
Bo

Cabinet (R) block assembly


(See page 6-2 to 6-3)

A
B
A
B

7
10

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

1
2
3
4
5

3-989-735-11
3-062-213-01
3-724-511-51
3-056-624-01
1-475-141-31

SCREW(M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2


COVER, MIC
SHOE, ACCESSORY
LOCK ACE, +K SCREW (M2)
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-809)(PC4E)

5
5
6

1-475-950-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-811)(PC5)


1-475-950-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-812)(PC5E)
3-053-056-01 LID,BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-811, 812)
(PC5/PC5E)

Ref. No.

6-1

Part No.

Description

Remarks

6
7
8
8
8

3-742-854-21
3-052-290-11
3-062-110-02
3-062-110-11
3-062-110-21

LID,BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-809)(PC4E)


COVER, BATTERY TERMINAL
COVER, JACK (PC5)
COVER, JACK (PC5E:AEP,UK)
COVER, JACK (PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)

8
9
10

3-062-110-31 COVER, JACK (PC4E)


3-989-735-31 SCREW(M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2
X-3950-754-1 CAP ASSY, LENS

6-1-2. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-1


62
51
Cabinet (R) block assembly-2
(See page 6-3)

61
A

LCD901

ND901
B

51

PD
Bo -126
ard

63

52

60

57

54

59

51

55
56

51

58

57

53

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

51
52
52
52
* 53

3-989-735-11
X-3950-766-1
X-3950-769-1
X-3950-771-1
3-062-196-01

SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2


CABINET (R) ASSY, LCD (GRAY)(PC4E)
CABINET (R) ASSY, LCD (GRAY)(PC5/PC5E)
CABINET (R) ASSY, LCD (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)
SHEET, BL INSULATING

0 54
55
56
* 57
58

1-418-878-11
3-062-195-01
A-7074-456-A
3-051-232-01
3-060-704-01

TRANSFORMER UNIT, INVERTER


SPACER, PD
PD-126 BOARD, COMPLETE
CLIP, PCB
SHEET (N), BL SHIELD

Ref. No.
59
60
61
62
62

Part No.

Description

Remarks

3-055-802-01
3-055-839-01
1-418-928-11
X-3950-748-1

SPACER, PANEL
SHEET, PANEL PROTECTION
PANEL, TOUCH (TP-30350)
CABINET (T) ASSY, LCD (GRAY)
(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
X-3950-757-1 CABINET (T) ASSY, LCD (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)

* 63
3-063-889-01 SHEET, (S)
LCD901 8-753-050-52 ACX300CK-J
0 ND901 1-517-931-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE

6-2

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

6-1-3. CABINET (R) BLOCK ASSEMBLY-2

114
104

Harness
(Two cores)
(PR-062) (8P) (2P)
(8P)

131
130

not
supplied

113

(2P)

104
119

129

120

121

115

122
128
118

107

123
104

109

124

104
108

(14P)

104

116

104

Harness
(PD-109) (14P)

(8P)

112
111
110

(14P)

106

106
125
126
103 132

104

104
117

105

127

102
101

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

101
102
103
104
105

3-062-193-01
3-062-192-01
3-062-191-01
3-989-735-11
X-3950-744-1

SLIDER, EJECT KNOB


KNOB, EJECT
SCREW, TRIPOD
SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2
FRAME ASSY, BOTTOM

106
107
108
109
110

A-7074-459-A
3-062-211-01
1-694-689-11
3-713-791-01
3-062-207-01

BJ-1 BOARD, COMPLETE


SHEET, FLEXIBLE PROTECTION
TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2
HOLDER, BATTERY

111
112
* 113
114
114

3-062-208-01
A-7074-457-A
3-055-323-01
X-3950-747-1
X-3950-756-1

SHEET, BATTERY HOLDER


PO-5 BOARD, COMPLETE
SPRING (MK), TORSION
PLATE ASSY, BLIND (GRAY)(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
PLATE ASSY, BLIND (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)

115
116
116
117
118
119
120
120
121

Remarks

A-7074-458-A PR-34 BOARD, COMPLETE


3-062-105-01 COVER (FRONT), HINGE (GRAY)
(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
3-062-105-11 COVER (FRONT), HINGE (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)
3-989-735-31 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2
3-062-202-01 PLATE, DV FIXED
X-3950-746-1 HINGE ASSY, LCD
3-062-106-01 COVER (REAR), HINGE (GRAY)
(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
3-062-106-11 COVER (REAR), HINGE (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)
3-062-217-01 CABINET (R) (M) (GRAY) (PC4E/PC5/PC5E)

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

121
122
123
123
124

3-062-217-11
3-062-194-01
3-062-109-01
3-062-109-11
3-062-111-11

CABINET (R) (M) (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)


SPACER, LOCK
LID, CPC (GRAY)(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
LID, CPC (BLUE) (PC5/PC5E)
LABEL, POWER (GRAY)
(PC5/PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)

124
124
124
125
125

3-062-111-21 LABEL, POWER (GRAY)(PC4E/PC5E:AEP,UK)


3-062-111-41 LABEL, POWER (BLUE)
(PC5/PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
3-062-111-51 LABEL, POWER (BLUE)(PC5E:AEP,UK)
3-062-108-11 SHEET, GUARD (GRAY)(PC4E/PC5/PC5E)
3-062-108-31 SHEET, GUARD (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)

126
127
127
127
127

3-062-188-01
3-062-112-11
3-062-112-21
3-062-112-31
3-062-112-51

COVER, ORNAMENT
LABEL, JACK (GRAY)(PC5)
LABEL, JACK (GRAY)(PC5E:AEP,UK)
LABEL, JACK (GRAY)(PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
LABEL, JACK (BLUE)(PC5)

127
127
127
* 128
* 129

3-062-112-61
3-062-112-71
3-062-112-81
3-062-786-01
3-062-788-01

LABEL, JACK (BLUE)(PC5E:AEP,UK)


LABEL, JACK (BLUE)(PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
LABEL, JACK (GRAY)(PC4E)
SPACER, MF
TAPE (2030)

130
131
* 132

1-960-422-11 HARNESS (PR-062) (8P) (2P)


1-960-421-11 HARNESS (PD-109) (14P)
3-062-924-01 CUSHION, BT

6-3

Remarks

6-1-4. LENS-EVF SECTION


170
171

158

IC3201

170

174

172
166

159

168

151

159
167

170

159
169

173
not
supplied

152

158

158

156

154

not
supplied

157

153

155

M905

165

153

173

173

M904

157

A
B

164

162

161

163
C

160

not
supplied

158

LCD902

170
LED902

Be sure to read Precautions upon replacing CCD imager


on page 4-14 when changing the CCD imager.

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

151
152
153
154
155

X-3950-751-1
X-3950-752-1
3-056-030-21
3-062-190-01
3-062-203-01

LENS ASSY, VF
RING ASSY, VF REGULATION
LOCK ACE (M1.7), 0 PLATE 2 MAIN
SLEEVE, VF
PLATE, VF ACRYLIC

156
157
158
159
* 160

X-3950-750-1
3-713-791-51
3-989-735-11
3-713-791-01
3-062-767-01

161
162
163
164
165

3-062-206-01
3-062-204-01
3-062-205-01
8-848-738-01
A-7031-114-A

* 166

Remarks

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

167
168
169
170
171

1-758-155-21
3-053-973-01
3-062-212-01
A-7074-455-A
3-713-791-41

FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL (OFB-04-14)


RUBBER (W), SEAL
SHEET, CF INSULATING
CF-75 BOARD, COMPLETE
SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2

GUIDE ASSY, VF SLEEVE


SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2
SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2
SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2
CUSHION, LCD

* 172
173
* 174
IC3201
IC3201

3-062-201-01
3-713-791-91
3-062-889-01
A-7031-011-A
A-7031-012-A

FRAME, CD
SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2
SHEET, LF PROTECTION
CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC5)
CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC4E/PC5E)

CUSHION (L), BL
BLUNIT
CUSHION (B), BL
DEVICE, LENS (LSV-651B)
RING BLOCK ASSY, MF (SERVICE)

LCD902
LCD902
0 LED902
M904
M905

8-753-026-74
8-753-026-77
1-418-738-11
1-763-168-12
1-763-169-12

LCX032AK-J (PC4E)
LCX033AK-J (PC5/PC5E)
BLOCK, LIGHT GUIDE PLATE (0.44)
ZOOM MOTOR
FOCUS MOTOR

3-062-200-01 FRAME, LN

6-4

Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

6-1-5. CABINET (L) SECTION


EG

not
supplied

205
SP901

212

MIC901

not
supplied

231

213
202

G F

215
202

229
230
211 210

224

not
supplied

226
214

not
supplied

223 218

202
205

J4002
J4001

209

219

202 202

202

205

202
220

217

G
D
C
C

208

205
(PC5/PC5E)

202

225

220
C not
supplied

BT4001

4
-2
VCard
o
B

221

207

222

CN4001

227
216
203

206

202
202
B
A

201
202

Mechanism deck
(See page 6-6 to 6-8)

204
228

: BT4001 (Lithium battery) Control switch block on the mount position. (See page 4-63)
Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

201
202
203
204
205

3-059-722-01
3-989-735-11
X-3950-753-1
A-7074-460-A
3-713-791-01

COVER, CASSETTE COMPARTMENT


SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2
WINDOW ASSY, NS
NS-12 BOARD, COMPLETE
SCREW (M1.7X4), TAPPING, P2

206
207
208
209
210

3-062-198-01
X-3950-743-1
X-3950-742-1
3-062-189-02
3-062-132-01

RETAINER, MS CONNECTOR
FRAME ASSY, MD
BRACKET (FRONT) ASSY, BELT
SCREW (M2.6), SPECIAL HEAD(STEP)
COVER (HP&S), JACK

211
212
212
212
213

3-062-141-01
X-3950-764-1
X-3950-767-1
X-3950-770-1
X-3950-745-1

BELT, GRIP
CABINET (L) ASSY(PC4E)
CABINET (L) ASSY (GRAY)(PC5/PC5E)
CABINET (L) ASSY (BLUE)(PC5/PC5E)
RETAINER ASSY, SPEAKER

214
215
215
215
215

3-062-199-01
X-3950-765-1
X-3950-768-1
X-3950-772-1
X-3950-773-1

RETAINER, HP JACK
CABINET (G) ASSY (BLUE)(PC4E)
CABINET (G) ASSY (PC5)
CABINET (G) ASSY (PC5E:AEP,UK)
CABINET (G) ASSY (PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)

216

1-418-927-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-30350)


(PC5/PC5E)
1-418-927-21 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-30350)(PC4E)
3-975-921-01 SHEET, VIBRATION PROOF
3-062-209-01 SHEET, FIXED
1-418-925-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-30350)
(PC5/PC5E)

Ref. No.
219
220
221
222
222

216
217
218
219

222

Part No.

Description

Remarks

1-418-925-21
3-062-214-01
3-062-210-01
A-7096-203-A

SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-30350)(PC4E)


SCREW (M1.4X1.5)
CUSHION, VC
VC-245 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(PC5/PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
A-7096-277-A VC-245 (P) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
(PC5E:AEP,UK)

223
* 224
* 225
* 226

A-7096-278-A VC-245 (L) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)


(PC4E)
1-469-833-11 BEAD, FERRITE
3-062-827-01 SHEET, BJ INSULATING
3-062-826-01 SHEET, DV INSULATING
3-063-395-01 PLATE, G FRAME GROUND

* 227
228
229
230
231

3-062-828-01
3-059-725-01
3-062-128-01
3-062-127-01
3-056-030-11

6-5

SHEET, TERMINAL BOARD


LABEL, LS
SPRING, COMPRESSION
LOCK, BATTERY
LOCK ACE (M1.7), 0 PLATE 2 MAIN

BT4001 1-756-075-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM (SECONDARY)


CN4001 1-794-262-11 CONNECTOR, MEMORY STICK (11P)
(PC5/PC5E)
J4001 1-694-688-11 TERMINAL, S (S VIDEO)
J4002 1-784-943-41 JACK (SMALL TYPE)(HEADPHONE)
MIC901 1-418-926-11 MICROPHONE BLOCK
SP901

1-529-674-11 SPEAKER (16MM)

6-1-6. CASSETTE COMPARTMENT AND DRUM BLOCK ASSEMBLY


703

702

704
M901

709

705

701
701

706

LS chassis block
assembly
(See page 6-7)

Mechanism chassis block


assembly
(See page 6-8)

710

707

708

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

701
702
703
704
705

3-703-816-14
X-3950-369-2
3-059-082-01
3-059-208-01
X-3950-370-3

SCREW (M1.4)
CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY
SPRING, TENSION
SPRING (CASSETTE COMPARTMENT T)
DAMPER ASSY

706

3-059-101-03 RETAINER, LS GUIDE

701

Ref. No.
707
708
709
710
M901

6-6

Part No.

Description

7-624-102-04
A-7028-133-B
3-703-816-41
3-063-036-01
A-7048-940-A

STOP RING 1.5, TYPE -E


MD (J100) SUB ASSY (K)
SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD
SPACER, WASHER (PS)
DRUM (DEH-18A-R)

Remarks

6-1-7. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

762
761

752

763
764

765

766

760

758

752

759
not supplied

757

not supplied

768

not supplied

Q901

756
D901

H901

H902

S903
Q902

772

FP-102
(Note)

755

770
769
773

754

771

774

753
not supplied

752

775
751
Note: FP-102 is included in the LS sub assy and is attached
to chassis by hot-press.
Because installation of FP-102 requires a very high
accuracy, FP-102 is not supplied as an independent
service parts.

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

751
752
753
754
755

3-059-173-01
3-059-100-01
X-3950-364-1
X-3950-371-1
3-059-166-01

PLATE, LS CAM
SCREW (M1.4X1.4), SPECIAL HEAD
GEAR ASSY, GOOSENECK
ARM ASSY, BRAKE (S) DRIVING
BRAKE (S)

756
757
758
759
760

3-059-146-01
3-059-167-01
3-059-169-01
3-703-816-14
3-059-090-01

761
762
763
764
765

X-3950-358-3
3-059-156-01
X-3950-365-2
X-3950-366-1
X-3950-361-1

Remarks

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

766
768
769
770
771

3-059-093-01
A-7094-819-A
3-059-165-01
X-3950-359-1
3-059-161-01

RETAINER, LED
TG7 BLOCK ASSY
SPRING (TG7 RETURN), TORSION
ARM ASSY, PINCH
SPRING (PINCH RETURN), TORSION

POSITIONING (S), CASSETTE


SPRING (BRAKE S), TENSION COIL
SPRING (BRAKE S ARM), TORSION
SCREW (M1.4)
SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD

772
773
774
775
D901

3-059-170-01
3-059-171-01
3-059-172-01
A-7094-816-A
8-719-078-71

BRAKE (T)
GEAR (T), BRAKE
SPRING (T), BRAKE
LS BLOCK ASSY
DIODE LA57A, SO (TAPE LED)

TG1 ASSY
SPRING (TENSION REGULATOR)
TABLE ASSY, S REEL
TABLE ASSY, T REEL
PLATE ASSY, RETAINER

H901
H902
Q901
Q902
S903

8-719-067-74
8-719-067-74
8-729-028-71
8-729-028-71
1-771-326-41

ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (S REEL)


ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (T REEL)
TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE END)
TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE TOP)
SWITCH, PUSH LEVER (1KEY) (CC DOWN)

6-7

Remarks

6-1-8. MECHANISM CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY


815

807

811
822
812
813

824

820

821

823

814

815
816
815

810

M903

not
supplied

815

M902 (Including belt)

825
819
815

809
808

818
806
817

807

815
829

804

826
827
805
801

828

803
802
not supplied

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

801
802
803
804
805

3-059-211-01
3-059-220-01
3-059-187-01
3-059-186-03
3-060-002-01

GEAR, CONVERSION
GEAR, RELAY
SHAFT, WORM
HOLDER, MOTOR
ROLLER, LS GUIDE

806
807
808
809
810

3-059-189-01
3-703-816-41
3-059-225-01
3-059-191-01
3-059-190-01

811
812
813
814
815

1-677-049-11
1-677-084-11
3-059-149-01
3-059-148-01
3-703-816-14

816

3-059-117-01 COVER (A), GEAR

Remarks

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

817
818
819
820
821

X-3950-367-1
3-059-139-01
3-059-188-01
A-7094-818-A
A-7094-817-A

GEAR ASSY, MODE


GEAR, GL DRIVING
GEAR, DECELERATION
COASTER (S) BLOCK ASSY
COASTER (T) BLOCK ASSY

GEAR (A), CAM


SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD
SHIELD, MOTOR
ROLLER, LS
ARM, LS

822
823
824
825
826

3-059-126-01
3-962-914-01
A-7094-822-A
3-059-118-01
3-059-083-01

RAIL, GUIDE
SCREW (M1.4X2)
DRUM BASE BLOCK ASSY
COVER (B), GEAR
COVER (C), GEAR

FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD


FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD
SLIDER, TG1 CAM
ARM, TG1 DRIVING
SCREW (M1.4)

827
828
829
M902

X-3950-368-1
3-059-192-01
3-063-355-01
8-835-685-01

M903

6-8

Remarks

ARM ASSY, PINCH DRIVING


GEAR (B), CAM
ROLLER (S1), LS GUIDE
MOTOR, DC SCD18A/C-NP (INCLUDING BELT)
CAPSTAN
A-7094-823-A MOTOR BLOCK ASSY, LOADING

BJ-1

CF-75

6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST


NOTE:
Due to standardization, replacements in the
parts list may be different from the parts
specified in the diagrams or the components
used on the set.
-XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some difference from the original one.
Items marked * are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
CAPACITORS:
uF: F

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms.
METAL: metal-film resistor
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor
F: nonflammable
COILS
uH: H
SEMICONDUCTORS
In each case, u: , for example:
uA...: A... , uPA... , PA... ,
uPB... , PB... , uPC... , PC... ,
uPD..., PD...
Abbreviation
AUS: Australian model
JE:
Tourist model
Remarks Ref. No.
Part No.

A-7074-459-A BJ-1 BOARD, COMPLETE


********************
VDR311
VDR312
VDR313
VDR315
VDR316

< CAPACITOR >


1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP

The components identified by mark 0 or


dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Les composants identifis par une marque
0 sont critiques pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une pice portant
le numro spcifi.

CND:
CN:
HK:
KR:
Description

Canadian model
Chinese model
Hong Kong model
Korea model
Remarks

< VARISTOR >


(Ref.No.;30000 Series)

C3101
C3103

When indicating parts by reference number,


please include the board name.

0.001uF
0.001uF

10%
10%

16V
16V

1-803-742-21
1-803-742-21
1-803-742-21
1-803-742-21
1-803-742-21

VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP

VDR319 1-803-742-21 VARISTOR, CHIP


************************************************************

< CONNECTOR >


CN3102 1-794-276-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P
CN3103 1-794-403-21 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 60P
CN3104 1-794-375-21 PIN, CONNECTOR 2P

A-7074-455-A CF-75 BOARD, COMPLETE


*********************
(Ref.No.;20000 Series)
(IC3201 is not included in this complete board.)

< DIODE >


< CAPACITOR >
D3101
D3102
D3103

8-719-072-91 DIODE MAZJ200D0LS0


8-719-056-61 DIODE 015AZ8.2-TPL3
8-719-056-61 DIODE 015AZ8.2-TPL3
< FERRITE BEAD >

FB3101
FB3102
FB3103
FB3104
FB3105

1-500-444-11
1-500-444-11
1-500-444-11
1-500-444-11
1-500-444-11

FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE
FERRITE

0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH
0UH

FB3106 1-500-444-11 FERRITE

0UH

< JACK >


J3101
J3102
J3103

1-691-737-11 JACK (SMALL TYPE)(EXT MIC)


1-793-995-11 JACK, SUPER SMALL TYPE (l LANC)
1-778-040-11 JACK, SMALL TYPE (AV JACK)
< IC LINK >

0 PS3101
0 PS3102
0 PS3103
0 PS3104

1-576-415-21
1-576-415-21
1-576-415-21
1-576-415-21

FUSE, MICRO (2A)(1608)


FUSE, MICRO (2A)(1608)
FUSE, MICRO (2A)(1608)
FUSE, MICRO (2A)(1608)
< RESISTOR >

R3101
R3102
R3103
R3105
R3110

1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11

METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP

0
0
0
0
0

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

R3111
R3112

1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP


1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP

0
0

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

C2201
C2202
C2203
C3201
C3202

1-117-919-11
1-125-777-11
1-119-923-81
1-104-851-11
1-164-850-11

TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

10uF
0.1uF
0.047uF
10uF
10PF

20%
10%
10%
20%
0.50PF

6.3V
10V
10V
10V
16V

C3203
C3204
C3207
C3208
C3452

1-107-820-11
1-119-751-11
1-164-939-11
1-164-004-11
1-127-895-91

CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP

0.1uF
22uF
0.0022uF
0.1uF
22uF

20%
10%
10%
20%

16V
16V
16V
25V
4V

C3453
C3454
C3455
C3456
C3457

1-127-895-91
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-119-923-81
1-119-923-81

TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

22uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.047uF
0.047uF

20%
10%
10%
10%
10%

4V
10V
10V
10V
10V

C3458
C3459
C3460
C3461
C3462

1-119-923-81
1-119-923-81
1-125-817-11
1-125-817-11
1-125-817-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.047uF
0.047uF
10uF
10uF
10uF

10%
10%
10%
10%
10%

10V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V

C3463
C3464
C3465
C3466

1-125-817-11
1-110-501-11
1-127-895-91
1-125-777-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

10uF
0.33uF
22uF
0.1uF

10%
10%
20%
10%

6.3V
16V
4V
10V

< CONNECTOR >


CN2201
CN2202
CN3351
CN3353
CN3354

6-9

1-750-346-21
1-750-340-21
1-784-421-11
1-794-411-21
1-794-404-21

CONNECTOR, FFC/EPC (ZIF) 6P


CONNECTOR, FFC/EPC (ZIF) 16P
CONNECTOR, FPC (ZIF) 27P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (LIF) 8P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 88P

CF-75
Ref. No.

FP-102

Part No.

NS-12

PD-126

Description

Remarks

Ref. No.

Part No.

IC3201
IC3201
IC3451

A-7031-011-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC5)


A-7031-012-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC4E/PC5E)
8-759-489-19 IC uPC6756GR-8JG-E2

FP-102 FLEXIBLE (Not supplied)


**************************
(Ref.No.;4000 Series)

1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR
100uH
1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH

< DIODE >

< TRANSISTOR >


Q2202
Q2203
Q2204
Q2205
Q2206

8-729-041-23
8-729-037-52
8-729-037-52
8-729-037-52
8-729-037-52

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

Q2207
Q3201
Q3202

8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR
8-729-117-73 TRANSISTOR
8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR

Remarks

TH2201 1-810-812-21 THERMISTOR, NTC (1608)


************************************************************

< COIL >


L3201
L3451

Description
< THERMISTOR >

< IC >

D901
NDS356AP
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)
2SC4738F-Y/GR(TPL3)

8-719-078-71 DIODE LN57A.SO


< HOLE ELEMENT >

H901
H902

8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T


8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T
< TRANSISTOR >

UN9213J-(K8).SO
2SC4178-F13F14-T1
UN9213J-(K8).SO

Q901
Q902

8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE END)


8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE TOP)
< SWITCH >

< RESISTOR >

S903
1-771-326-41 SWITCH, PUSH LEVER (1KEY) (CC DOWN)
************************************************************

R2201
R2203
R2204
R2205
R2206

1-218-985-11
1-218-964-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-964-11
1-218-971-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

470K
8.2K
0
8.2K
33K

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R2207
R2208
R2209
R2211
R2212

1-218-964-11
1-218-955-11
1-218-962-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-937-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

8.2K
1.5K
5.6K
2.2K
47

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

R2213
R2214
R2215
R2216
R2217

1-218-937-11
1-218-971-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-977-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

47
33K
100K
100K
100K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

R2218
R3201
R3202
R3351
R3451

1-218-977-11
1-218-959-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-959-11
1-218-969-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

100K
3.3K
0
3.3K
22K

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R3452
R3453
R3454
R3455
R3456

1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

22K
22K
22K
10K
10K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

C2101
C2102
C2103
C2104
C2105

1-119-750-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-11
1-117-919-11
1-125-777-11

TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

22uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10uF
0.1uF

20%
10%
10%
20%
10%

6.3V
10V
16V
6.3V
10V

R3457
R3458
R3459

1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-967-11 RES-CHIP
1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP

1M
15K
1M

5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

C2107
C2108
C2109
C2110
C2111

1-107-826-91
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-943-11
1-164-739-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
560PF

10%
10%
10%
10%
5%

16V
16V
16V
16V
50V

C2112
C2113
C2114
C2115
C2116

1-125-838-91
1-164-004-11
1-164-943-11
1-107-687-11
1-164-937-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

2.2uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
3.3uF
0.001uF

10%
10%
10%
20%
10%

6.3V
25V
16V
20V
16V

A-7074-460-A NS-12 BOARD, COMPLETE


*********************
(Ref No.;20000 Series)
< DIODE >
D003
D005
D006

< IC >
IC001
8-749-013-13 IC RS-70-TU
************************************************************
A-7074-456-A PD-126 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
(Ref.No.;40000 Series)
< CAPACITOR >

< SWITCH >


S2201

8-719-061-82 DIODE TLSU1002(TPX1,SONY)


8-719-078-78 DIODE DCZ2805
8-719-078-78 DIODE DCZ2805

1-762-805-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY)(EVF ON/OFF)


< SENSOR >

SE3450 1-418-682-41 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (YAW)


SE3451 1-418-682-21 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (PITCH)

Be sure to read Precautions upon replacing CCD imager


on page 4-14 when changing the CCD imager.

6-10

PD-126
Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

C2117
C2118
C2119
C2120
C2123

1-164-874-11
1-125-838-91
1-125-838-91
1-125-838-91
1-107-687-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP

100PF
2.2uF
2.2uF
2.2uF
3.3uF

5%
10%
10%
10%
20%

16V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
20V

Remarks

C2124
C2125
C2126
C2127
C2128

1-164-943-11
1-163-021-91
1-115-566-11
1-125-777-11
1-107-725-11

CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0.01uF
0.01uF
4.7uF
0.1uF
0.1uF

10%
10%
10%
10%
10%

16V
50V
10V
10V
16V

C2129
C2130
C2133
C2181
C2182

1-216-295-91
1-164-943-11
1-109-982-11
1-128-964-91
1-125-777-11

SHORT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

0 (Note)
0.01uF
1uF
100uF
0.1uF

10%
10%
20%
10%

16V
10V
6.3V
10V

C2183
C2184
C2185
C2186

1-128-964-91
1-125-777-11
1-104-851-11
1-125-777-11

TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
TANTAL. CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP

100uF
0.1uF
10uF
0.1uF

20%
10%
20%
10%

6.3V
10V
10V
10V

Ref. No.

1-794-378-21
1-794-377-21
1-778-155-11
1-778-172-11
1-764-704-21

Description

Remarks

< RESISTOR >

< CONNECTOR >


CN2100
CN2101
* CN2103
* CN2104
CN2105

Part No.

PO-5

PIN, CONNECTOR 14P


PIN, CONNECTOR 8P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 7P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (LIF) 5P

R2111
R2112
R2113
R2114
R2115

1-218-985-11
1-218-985-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-967-11
1-218-958-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

470K
470K
0
15K
2.7K

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R2116
R2117
R2118
R2119
R2122

1-218-973-11
1-218-975-11
1-218-969-11
1-218-975-11
1-218-989-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

47K
68K
22K
68K
1M

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

R2123
R2124
R2129
R2134
R2136

1-218-990-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11

SHORT
RES-CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

0
100K
0
10
10

5%

1/16W

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R2137
R2138
R2143
R2144
R2146

1-218-929-11
1-218-941-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-985-11
1-218-990-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT

10
100
10K
470K
0

5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

R2147
R2148
R2153
R2157
R2158

1-218-990-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-989-11
1-218-975-11

SHORT
RES-CHIP
SHORT
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

0
10K
0
1M
68K

5%

1/16W

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R2159
R2160
R2162
R2163
R2165

1-218-979-11
1-218-988-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT

150K
820K
0
0
0

5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W

R2166
R2168
R2169
R2170
R2172

1-218-965-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-11

RES-CHIP
SHORT
SHORT
RES-CHIP
SHORT

10K
0
0
100K
0

5%

1/16W

5%

1/16W

R2173
R2174
R2175
R2176
R2177

1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-990-11
1-218-977-11

SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
SHORT
RES-CHIP

0
0
0
0
100K

5%

1/16W

R2178
R2179
R2180
R2181
R2182

1-218-977-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-953-11

RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP

100K
100K
100K
4.7K
1K

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W

< DIODE >


D2101
D2102
D2104
D2104
D2181

8-719-073-01
8-713-102-80
8-719-040-12
8-719-050-42
8-719-059-47

DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE

MA111-TX
1T369-01-T8A
015Z3.3-TPH3
RD3.3UM-T1B
PG1111R-TR

< IC >
IC2101
IC2103

8-759-660-93 IC RB5P004AM1
8-752-403-84 IC CXD3505R-T4
< COIL >

L2101
L2102
L2103
L2104
L2181

1-414-755-11
1-414-754-11
1-414-754-11
1-410-998-31
1-412-056-11

INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR

22uH
10uH
10uH
2.7uH
4.7uH

L2182

1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR

100uH

< TRANSISTOR >


Q2101
Q2102
Q2103
Q2104
Q2109

8-729-427-74
8-729-037-74
8-729-427-74
8-729-041-23
8-729-037-53

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

XP4601-TXE
UN9213J-(TX).SO
XP4601-TXE
NDS356AP
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO

Q2111
Q2112
Q2181
Q2182
Q2183

8-729-037-52
8-729-048-77
8-729-042-72
8-729-037-53
8-729-042-59

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
XP4313-(TX).SO
UN9214J-(K8).SO
2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)
UN9112J-(K8).SO

R2183 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP


100
5%
1/16W
R2184 1-218-990-11 SHORT
0
************************************************************
A-7074-457-A PO-5 BOARD, COMPLETE
********************
(Ref.No.;30000 Series)
< SWITCH >
S3501 1-762-805-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY)(PANEL OPEN)
************************************************************

Note : Short is mounted to the location where C2129 is printed.

6-11

PR-34
Ref. No.

VC-245

Part No.

Description

Remarks

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

A-7096-203-A VC-245 BOARD, COMPLETE


(PC5/PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
**********************
A-7096-277-A VC-245 BOARD, COMPLETE (PC5E:AEP,UK)
**********************
A-7096-278-A VC-245 (L) BOARD, COMPLETE (PC4E)
*************************
(Ref.No.;10000 Series)

A-7074-458-A PR-34 BOARD, COMPLETE


**********************
(Ref.No;30000 Series)
< SWITCH >
S3601 1-771-338-21 SWITCH, PUSH (PANEL REVERSE)
************************************************************

************************************************************

Electrical parts list of the VC-245 board


are not shown.
pages 6-13 to 6-25 are not shown.

6-12

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

Ref. No.

MISCELLANEOUS
*************
0 54
61
108
130
131
164
167
216
216
219

219
223
811
812
BT4001

1-418-878-11
1-418-928-11
1-694-689-11
1-960-422-11
1-960-421-11

TRANSFORMER UNIT, INVERTER


PANEL, TOUCH (TP-30350)
TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
HARNESS (PR-062) (8P) (2P)
HARNESS (PD-109) (14P)

0
0

8-848-738-01 DEVICE, LENS (LSV-651B)


1-758-155-21 FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL (OFB-04-14)
1-418-927-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-30350)
(PC5/PC5E)
1-418-927-21 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-30350)(PC4E)
1-418-925-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-30350)
(PC5/PC5E)
1-418-925-21
1-469-833-11
1-677-049-11
1-677-084-11
1-756-075-11

* 0
0

0
0
0

SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-30350)(PC4E)


BEAD, FERRITE
FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD
FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD
BATTERY, LITHIUM (SECONDARY)

CN4001 1-794-262-11 CONNECTOR, MEMORY STICK (11P)


(PC5/PC5E)
D901
8-719-078-71 DIODE LA57A, SO (TAPE LED)
H901
8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (S REEL)
H902
8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (T REEL)
IC3201 A-7031-011-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC5)
IC3201
J4001
J4002
LCD901
LCD902

A-7031-012-A
1-694-688-11
1-784-943-41
8-753-050-52
8-753-026-74

LCD902
0 LED902
M901
M902

8-753-026-77
1-418-738-11
A-7048-940-A
8-835-685-01

M903
M904
M905
MIC901
0 ND901
Q901

CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)(PC4E/PC5E)


TERMINAL, S (S VIDEO)
JACK (SMALL TYPE)(HEADPHONE)
ACX300CK-J
LCX032AK-J (PC4E)

LCX033AK-J (PC5/PC5E)
BLOCK, LIGHT GUIDE PLATE (0.44)
DRUM (DEH-18A-R)
MOTOR, DC SCD18A/C-NP (INCLUDING BELT)
CAPSTAN
A-7094-823-A MOTOR BLOCK ASSY, LOADING

1-763-168-12
1-763-169-12
1-418-926-11
1-517-931-11
8-729-028-71

ZOOM MOTOR
FOCUS MOTOR
MICROPHONE BLOCK
TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE END)

Q902
8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN166.SO (TAPE TOP)
S903
1-771-326-41 SWITCH, PUSH LEVER (1KEY) (CC DOWN)
SP901 1-529-674-11 SPEAKER (16MM)
************************************************************
ACCESSORIES
************

0
0
0
0

1-475-141-31 COMMANDER, REMOTE (RMT-809)(PC4E)


1-475-851-22 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-VF10)(PC5:US,CND)
1-475-851-33 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-VF10)
(PC4E/PC5:E,HK,JE/PC5E:AEP,UK,E,HK,AUS,JE)
1-475-851-71 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-VF10)(PC5:KR)
1-475-851-81 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-VF10)(PC5E:CN)

Be sure to read Precautions upon replacing CCD imager


on page 4-14 when changing the CCD imager.

6-26

Part No.

Description

Remarks

1-475-950-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-811)


(PC5/PC5E:E,HK,AUS,CN,JE)
1-475-950-31 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-812)
(PC5E:AEP,UK)
1-543-798-11 FILTER, CLAMP (FERRITE CORE)
(PC4E/PC5E:AEP,UK)
1-569-007-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (PC5:JE/PC5E:JE)
1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P
(PC5:E,HK/PC5E:E,HK)
1-573-291-11 CONNECTOR, CONVERSION (21P)
(PC4E/PC5E:AEP,UK)
1-575-131-11 CORD, POWER (PC5:E/PC5E:E)
1-696-819-11 CORD, POWER (PC5E:AUS)
1-765-080-11 CORD, CONNECTION (A/V)(1.5M)
1-769-608-11 CORD, POWER (PC4E:AEP/PC5E:AEP)
1-776-985-11
1-782-476-11
1-783-374-11
1-783-739-22
1-790-073-11

CORD, POWER (PC5:KR)


CORD, POWER (PC5E:CN)
CORD, POWER (PC4E:UK/PC5:HK/PC5E:UK,HK)
CORD CONNECTION (DK-115)(PC5/PC5E)
CORD, POWER 2P (PC5:JE/PC5E:JE)

1-790-107-22 CORD, POWER (PC5:US,CND)


1-792-451-11 CORD WITH CONNECTOR (PC SERIAL CABLE)
(PC5/PC5E)
3-053-056-01 LID, BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-811,812)
(PC5/PC5E)
3-060-457-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(ENGLISH)(PC5:US,CND,E,HK,JE)
3-060-457-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(FRENCH)(PC5:CND)
3-060-457-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(TRADITIONAL CHINESE)
(PC5:E,HK/PC5E:HK)
3-060-457-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(KOREAN)(PC5:KR,JE)
3-060-458-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(ENGLISH,RUSSIAN)(PC5E)
3-060-458-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(FRENCH,GERMAN)
(PC5E:AEP,E,JE)
3-060-458-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(ITALIAN,DUTCH)(PC5E:AEP)
3-060-458-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(SPANISH,PORTUGUESE)
(PC5:E.JE/PC5E:E)
3-060-458-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(ARABIC,PERSIAN)
(PC5:E/PC5E:E)
3-060-458-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE)
(PC5E:E,CN,JE)
3-060-476-01 DISK, SYSTEM (PICTURE GEAR 4.1 LITE)
(PC5/PC5E)
3-062-114-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(PC5:US,CND,E,HK,JE)
3-062-114-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)(PC5:CND)
3-062-114-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH,PORTUGUESE)(PC5:E,JE)
3-062-114-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(TRADITIONAL CHINESE)(PC5:E,HK)
3-062-114-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN)(PC5:KR,JE)
3-062-114-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC)(PC5:E)
Note :
The components identified by
mark 0 or dotted line with mark
0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number
specified.

Note :
Les composants identifis par
une marque 0 sont critiques
pour la scurit.
Ne les remplacer que par une
pice portant le numro spcifi.

Ref. No.

Part No.

Description

Remarks

3-062-115-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH,RUSSIAN)


(PC5E:AEP,UK)
3-062-115-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH,GERMAN)
(PC4E:AEP/PC5E:AEP)
3-062-115-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH,PORTUGUESE)(PC4E:AEP/PC5E:AEP)
3-062-115-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN,DUTCH)
(PC4E:AEP/PC5E:AEP)
3-062-116-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH, RUSSIAN)
(PC5E:E,AUS,HK,CN,JE)
3-062-116-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH, GERMAN)
(PC5E:E,JE)
3-062-116-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ABABIC, PERSIAN)
(PC5E:E)
3-062-116-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE)(PC5E:E,CN,JE)
3-062-116-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(TRANDITIONAL CHINESE)(PC5E:HK)
3-742-854-21 LID, BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-809)(PC4E)
3-967-386-11 CLEANING CLOTH
A-7033-740-A MEMORY STICK (MSA-4A)(PC5/PC5E)

6-27E

OPTICAL

AXIS FRAME

198

Take a copy of OPTICAL AXIS


FRAME with a clear sheet for use.

FOR

CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION ADJUSTMENT

For NTSC model

DCR-PC5
Take a copy of CAMERA COLOR
REPRODUCTION FRAME with
a clear sheet for use.

For PAL model

DCR-PC4E/PC5E

199

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E

9-929-832-31

Sony EMCS Co.

200

2003F1600-1
2003.6
Published by DI CS Strategy Div.

DCR-PC4E/PC5/PC5E
RMT-809/811/812

US Model
Canadian Model
Korea Model
DCR-PC5

SERVICE MANUAL

AEP Model
UK Model
DCR-PC4E/PC5E

Level 2

Australian Model
Chinese Model

Ver 1.1 2003. 06

DCR-PC5E

SUPPLEMENT-1
File this supplement with the Service Manual.
(PV03-001)

E Model
Hong Kong Model
Tourist Model
DCR-PC5/PC5E

Change of IC (Version up)

SECTION 5 ADJUSTMENTS
1. Before starting adjustment
: Supplied portion.

IC101 (EQ, A/D CONV., PLL)

IC102 (REC/PB AMP)


IC802 (Camera controll) Note2

Adjustment
Section

VC-245 board

IC102 (REC/PB AMP)

NEW

VC-245 board
VC-245 board

IC101 (EQ, A/D CONV., PLL)

Adjustment
Section

VC-245 board

5-2

VC-245 board

1-1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.


Page
FORMER

Supplied contents
Note2: When IC802 of the VC-245 board is going to be exchanged, the data on page : E, address : 53 and the data 6F must be modified. Be sure
to enter the following data without fail.

5-3

9-929-832-82

Input method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: E, address: 53, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE button.
3) Select page: E, address: 6F, set data: 82, and press the PAUSE button.
4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Sony EMCS Co.

2003F1600-1
2003.6
Published by DI CS Strategy Div.

Reverse

992983232.pdf

Revision History
Ver.

Date

History

1.0

2000.05

Official Release

1.1

2003.06

Supplement-1

Contents

Change of IC (Version up)

S.M. Rev.
issued

No